Felcom-70 Nmarsat-F Mobile Earth Station Sme 56340b 2 307

Back
INMARSAT-F MOBILE EARTH STATION
FELCOM 70
The paper used in this manual
is elemental chlorine free.
FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer
9-52 Ashihara-cho,
Nishinomiya 662-8580, JAPAN
Telephone : 0798-65-2111
Fax : 0798-65-4200
All rights reserved. Printed in Japan

FIRST EDITION : FEB. 2004
B2 : AUG. 10, 2006
Pub. No. SME-56340-B2
*00014941100*
( NAYO ) FELCOM70 *00014941100*
*00014941100*
*SME56340B20*
*SME56340B20*
*SME56340B20*
No. : FQ5-2004-014
Date: 2004-05
Information APPROVED BY
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD
SERVICE MANAGEMENT & COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTEN BY
Addenda No.1 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340
FELCOM 70
Program for Enhanced MPDS
The current program for FELCOM 70 is;
System program: 1650182-01.01 (Rei. 2.1)

vtlite Mobile: 1650178-01.02 (1 01658/6.1)
Change to be made
(1) System program
With old system program (Rei 2.0), the satellite link is lost and the line is cut off
during a MPDS communication. This problem is solved.
(2) vtlite Mobile

a) The name of vtlite Marine is changed to vtlite Mobile
b) Printer font is selectable when printing a log. To print a log on an A4-size paper,
choose 9 pt Courier New in "Print handling"/Configure menu. With old software, print
data is not aligned.
c) When Calor scheme/Appearance/Properties is selected to "silver," the ®
[
background of some vtlite Mobile windows is black. This problem is solved.
Table below summarizes how to read program number.
Program name Program number Indication Menu selection

System 1650182-01.01 Rel2.1 Menu>9>8>2
(Misc.Version information)
vtlite Mobile 1650178-01.02 101658/6.1 Help> About
Build (26)
The sets to be upgraded are;
1) Nera Fleet 77 distributed by Furuno

2) FELCOM 70 having the following serial number
3540-0105, 0106, and 0111 (three sets shipped to China)
3540-0112 and 0119 (two sets shipped to Korea)
No. : FQ5-2004-019 1/2
Date: 2004-06
Information APPROVED BY~- · .-A4-;~~~~--
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD
SERVICE MANAGEMENT & COMMANDING DEPARTMENT
WRITTEN BY /
FELCOM 70
Use of RS422/232C Converter
Symptom
When RS422/232C converter, IC1473A-F (Black Box) is used as shown in Fig.1,
the PC does not communicate with the FELCOM 70 communication unit.
(The converter is used to extend the line length between the PC and the
communication unit for vtlite Mobile application and UDI/MPDS communication.)
[COM]:
RS-232C
D D
IC-1473AF FELCOM70
PC
Fig. 1 Comm. unit
Cause
As IC1473A-F takes the power from the control signals, RTS and CTS, no external ®
power supply is required. However, this feature does not work on some PCs.
Remedy
Connect an external power supply, 12V, 40 mA to the converter as shown in Fig. 2.
To decide whether the problem lies with the converter or not, connect the PC
directly to the communication unit as shown in Fig.3. If vtlite Mobile runs, the
L
problem is with the converter.
rxo~ (AJ
[[] TX~
iXD+ (B}
[llJ TX+
RXD- (A}
PC [Q:J RX~
F?.XD+ (9} IQ] RX+
GND
FELCOM70
CC*~tt . l:Nfr
+i2V
Fig. 2
2/2
Fig. 3
When RS-422 port is used, following port setting must be carried out.
1. From the handset, select MENU>PORT>PORT B>Driver Switch>RS422.

2. Make sure that RS-422 setting is as below.
Speed: 115200
Format: d = 8, p = none, s =1
Flow Control: rtc/cts
3. Turn off the FELCOM 70 and on it again.

4. Run vtLinte Mobile.
No.: F05-2004-021
Information Date: 2004-08
Issued by: FUR UNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED B ~*~~~:::=:~~

WRITTEN BY
Addenda No. 3 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340
FELCOM 70
How to Reset Terminal Adapter
The terminal adapter, QDGY911912 can be reset by using the following procedure.
1. Off-hook the telephone which is connected to the terminal adapter. You get a
dial tone.
2. Dial *471147114711*. If you hear the dial tone, the PIN code is reset to 00000.
3. Setup the terminal adapter.
1) PIN Code setting

Dial *90*00000*01234# to change PIN code from 00000 to 01234, using the
telephone connected to TEL 1 or TEL 2 port, for example.
2) MSN and Service type assignment

Connect the telephone to TEL port, and dial the telephone as below.
MSN Dialing Sequence

@
21 (4.8k speech) *0 1*0 1234*21 #
*01*01234*40#
L
40 (9.6k tax)
Service type Dialing Sequence

Analog telephone *04 *0 1234*2#
G3fax *04 *01234 *4#
If the fax machine provides off-hook function, the service type can be set
through the fax machine.
Correction
FELCOM 70 service manual includes incorrect information as below.
Page 3-42, Fig. 3.12.1, Power supply of QDGY911912
Correct: 12 Vdc/500 mA
Wrong: +9 Vdc/600 mA
FURUNO• No. : _ _,_FQ=S--=- 2::.:::.;00:::.. .-:.4--=0:..:.;27:- 1/2
Date : _----=..;20=0....:..4-....:..1.::...0_ _
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC C·O., L TD APPROVED BY~~~~~~~:=~

SERVICE MANAGEMENT & COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRIITENBY
FELCOM 70
Remedy for No Acquisition
Urgency: When symptom occUirs.
Symptom
At power-on, the antenna rotates continuously and does not point toward the
satellite. (When the antenna points toward the satellite and acquires the satellite
signal, "Ready for call" message is displayed on the ISDN handset and vtlite
Mobile display.)
Remedy
Replace Tracking Receiver module in the antenna unit with modified one if it is
defective.
Tracking
Receiver ®
module
Fig. 1 Anttenna Unit with radome removed

L
How to check Tracking Receiver Module
Observe C/N value on vtlite Mobile display. If the value is less than 500, the receiver
circuit is defective. If the value increases up to 500 or more and then decreases, the
module is defective or the module does not output the signal to stop the rotation of the
antenna. C/N value should vary near the highest value.
Pnoitinr 034d45mOOs N 135d22m30s E ( (ntemal OPS )
~;._~J
Fuau•o
liJ .!:look 11 KDD I ( 003) i n I OR
~ .::~
(ii'~ ,
.! Initializing, please wait.
Fig.2 C/N value in vtlite
·~~rr~
-
0 ~~
) -----------------l-
6-:0-
4-(Ul-
C~-.-
00)- Mobile display
~
C/N value
2/2
The Tracking Receiver module has a connector on the backside. See Fig.3.
1) Do not pull on the cables when removing the connector.

2) Be careful not to drop the connector into the chassis.
3) Check the connector for tightness before fixing the replacement unit.
Fig. 3
Necessary parts:
Parts name: Tracking Receiver module
Type: SF-170/171 (16P0201)
Code No.: 004-446-770
Factory-modified antenna unii t (SF-1 70):

0224, 0270, 0277, 0278, 0290, 0291, 0295 and after
No.: FQ5-2004-030 1/5
Date:
Information APPROVED BY
2004-10
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Addenda No. 5 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340 ①
SONAR
ＦＮＲ
ＦＮＺ
FELCOM 70
EL Pulley Slipping on Shift
②
E/S
FCV
Urgency
This information is applicable only to the units listed on the following pages.
③
Symptom RADAR
The system cannot acquire the satellite signal without “Ready for call” message.
Cause
The EL pulley slips on the shaft. ④
Remedy NAV
Change “Set Screw Collar” by following the attached instruction.
FEC Service Center will supply new Set Screw Collar by request.
⑤
SSB
FD
FAX
SU
ＭＦ
ＤＳ
ＣＩ
ＧＹ
OTHERS
2/5
How to replace set collar of EL pulley
Step 1. Locate the EL pulley set collar. Step 2. Loosen one hex socket screw
and two screws fixing the collar.
Note that screws are used again.
Step 3. Remove the collar and check the pulley for cracks. If yes, replace the pulley
with new one.
3/5
Step 4. Insert the new collar onto the shaft.
Step 5. Tighten two screws removed at step 2 securely, but not fully.
Step 6. Tighten the hex socket bolt to 1±0.1Nm.
Step 7. Tighten two screws to 0.88±0.09Nm. Do NOT fully tighten screws before
tightening the hex socket bolt.
Hex socket bolt
Screws removed
at step 2
Step 8. Make sure that the pulley is fixed to the shaft securely.
4/5
Serial
Serial No.
No. of Shipment to Ship’s Name Shipyard Delivery
of SF-270
SF-170
101 3540-0101 Kanto, Japan ASTRA IHI Yokohama, S-3174 September 2004
SHANGHAI
102 3540-0102 Kanto, Japan SUPER Retrofit October 2003
EXPRESS
115 3540-0146 Kanto, Japan NISSHO MARU IHI Kure, S-3170 May 2004
STAR
116 3540-0126 Kanto, Japan IHI Yokohanma, S-3176 February 2004
CARIBBEAN
117 3540-0120 Kanto, Japan RANGER IHI Yokohama, S-3175 March 2004
STAR
118 3540-0128 Kanto, Japan Mitsui Tamano, TS-1531 April 2004
JUVENTAS
121 3540-0140 Kanto, Japan AZZURA IHI Yokohama, S-3195 July 2004
AZUL
122 3540-0141 Kanto, Japan Universal, S-234 July 2004
CHALLENGE
ATAGOSAN
124 3540-0116 Kanto, Japan Retrofit May 2004
MARU
140 3540-0155 Kanto, Japan STAR JAPAN Mitsui Tamano, TS-1532 August 2004
165 3540-0164 Kanto, Japan RAINBOW IHI Yokohama, S-3196 August 2004
169 3540-0168 Kanto, Japan KAI-EI IHI Kure, S-3173 September 2004
APOLLO
172 3540-0169 Kanto, Japan Retrofit
GENKAI
MOL
179 3540-0175 Kanto, Japan Retrofit
COLUMBUS
111 3540-0147 Hiroshima STOLT VALOR Watanabe Sno.337 February 2004
DERYONG
125 3540-0145 Hiroshima Higaki Sno.568 March 2004
SPRING
141 3540-0157 Hiroshima SITC KOBE Kyokuyo SNo.451 March 2004
MULBERRY
142 3540-0158 Hiroshima Tuneishi SNo.1266 July 2004
PARIS
144 3540-0159 Hiroshima BELL FLOWER Tuneishi SNo.1272 July 2004
145 3540-0161 Hiroshima REFLECTION Watanabe SNo.338 April 2004
167 3540-0170 Hiroshima BRAVE OCEAN Higaki SNo.567 May 2004
EASTERN
168 3540-0171 Hiroshima Honda SNo.1030 June 2004
PRINCESS
177 3540-0174 Hiroshima SITC MINBO Kyokuyo SNo.452 May 2004
180 3540-0176 Hiroshima ARIOS HERA Miura SNo.1273 July 2004
109 3540-0110 Korea HJH-125
126 3540-0124 Korea HJH-124
178 3540-0183 Korea HJH-127
112 3540-0112 Korea HMD-0228
120 3540-0119 Korea HMD-0234
127 3540-0137 Korea HMD-0229
110 3540-0111 RHHKG
138 3540-0139 VIA MARINE
5/5
Serial
Serial No. of
No. of Shipment to Ship’s Name Shipyard Delivery
SF-270
SF-170
OLYMPIC
105 3540-0117 Japan Namura SNo. 242 March 2004
FLAG
Mitsubishi Kobe
129 3540-0153 Japan
Sno.1261
OLYMPIC
139 3540-0154 Japan Namura Sno. 243
FUTURE
154 3540-0165 Japan Shikoku 1016
PARADISE
175 3540-0172 Japan Mitubishi Kobe1262
ACE
119 Japan FEC R&D
128 3540-0160 Japan
131 3540-0122 Italy (ARIMAR)
132 3540-0123 Italy (ARIMAR)
130 3540-0121 Norway (FNAS)
133 3540-0129 Norway (FNAS)
134 3540-0130 Norway (FNAS)
Norway
135 3540-0131
(FNAS)
136 3540-0132 Norway (FNAS)
137 3540-0133 Norway (FNAS)
143 3540-0134 Norway (FNAS)
149 3540-0135 Norway (FNAS)
157 3540-0150 TURKEY
153 3540-0109 U.K. (FUK)
159 3540-0156 U.K. (FUK)
106 - U.K. (FUK)
107 - U.K. (FUK)
113 - U.K. (FUK)
114 - U.K. (FUK)
103 - U.K. (FUK)
104 - U.K. (FUK)
123 3540-0106 China (?)
150 3540-0136 China (?)
108 3540-0105 China (?)
No. : FQ5-2005-002
Date : -......:..:=-='----...,....,~
Information
FELCOM 70
Protection of Coaxial Cable
Urgency: At next service
To protect the coaxial cables from chafing in the radome antenna, put two pieces of
POLYES PER tape #900 on the cross bar as shown in Fig.2. FEC service center will
supply the tape free of charge by request.
Necessary parts: POLYESPER tape #900, 25 mm x 120 mm, 2 pes.
Factory-modified sets
Serial number of antenna unit: 0377 and after
Protect these coaxial cables from chafing.
Fig. 1 Antenna with radome

cover removed L
Cross bar
Fig. 2 Two added tapes on

cross bar (View from A)
1/10
No.: --!.~~~~~-
Information Date: --:;;:~~~S~

Addenda No.? FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME- SME-56340
FELCOM 70
No Tracking of Antenna in AZ Direction
Urgency: At next service.
Symptom:
Antenna does not move in AZ direction smoothly because the bearing for the AZ
shaft is squeezed by drive pulley which is fastened too strong.
When the antenna stops rotating, Felcom70 fails to receive the signal from satellites
and then enters into all satellites search mode. There is no indication of alarm
message.
Remedy:
Check the rotation torque for Felcom70 antenna unit and carry out the bearing
pressure adjustment referring to the attached procedures when adjustment is
necessary. Tools required for check and adjustment will be supplied by Furuno
on demand basis.
@
L
Factory modified set
Antenna unit: SF-170
Serial number: 0310, 0344, 0345, 0347, 0350, and after
2/10
Torque Check and Bearing Preload Adjustment
1. TORQUE CHECK
1) Turn off the 2) Remove the rotation

power switch. stopper for rotary
joint (L-angle) from
AZ shaft.
Photo 1
Photo 2
3) Remove the
rotary joint from
the drive pulley.
4) Check that the

rotary joint is
removed off from
Photo 3 Photo 4
the drive pulley.
Check Serial Number given in SeaTel name

plate at AZ shaft. (Refer to Photo 2.)
Serial No. 2702-
5) Remove the Check Serial Number given in Furuno name

synchro-belt from plate placed at hatch cover.
the drive pulley.
Serial No.
Photo 5
3/10
6) How to check the rotation torque.

Before measuring torque, place level meter on the pulley and check that there is
an inclination of about 1(one) degree.
AA. In case the 1 degree inclination is observed (In case that A side is
1 degree higher than B side)
a) Move AZ shaft to position L1 by hand and then release the shaft quietly. Watch the
rotation of AZ shaft and check that the shaft rotates without stopping on the way to
the position L2 smoothly and then stops rotating at around position L2 and A. (refer
to Figure 1 below.)
b) Move AZ shaft to position R1 by hand and then release the shaft quietly. Watch the
the position R2 smoothly and then stops rotating at around position R2 and A. (refer
to Figure 1 below.)
BB. In case that B side is higher than A side by 1 degree

a) First move AZ shaft to L2 by hand and then release the shaft quietly. Watch the
rotation and check that the shaft rotates smoothly without stopping on the way to L1
and then stops rotating at around L1 and B. (refer to Figure 1 below.)
b) Move AZ shaft to position R2 by hand and then release the shaft quietly. Watch the
the position R1 smoothly and then stops rotating at around position R1 and B. (refer
to Figure 1 below.)
Check the inclination Photo 6

by level meter
A-side.
hatch
L2 A R2
L1 R1
Figure 1.
B-side.
4/10
In case the 1 degree inclination is not

observed:
To create 1 degree inclination

intentionally, carry out the followings.
a) Remove the fixing two nuts for a) Remove the fixing two nuts
anti-vibration rubber at hatch side. for anti-vibration rubber at
b) Put these two nuts under the base hatch side.
and incline1 degree as shown in
Photo 9. Photo 7
c) Then, check the rotation torque
following the procedure mentioned in
6) above.
b) Put these two nuts under

the base and incline the
base by 1 degree.
Photo 8 Photo 9
In case the AZ shaft stops rotating on the way due to heavy load.
Adjust ball pressure of bearing referring to the steps 7) and after.

(Please do not try to disassemble the joint portion further when the
pulley can not be removed at steps 12), 15) and 16).
Please stop disassembling and report to Furuno.
5/10
＜Measuring of rotation torque＞
Note) Read the compensation value

indicated on the meter in case of
horizontally use of meter and add it
to the reading.
hatch
A
measured: g measured: g
L2
R2
measured: g
measured: g
L1 R1
Photo 10 Figure 2.
Place tension meter (0-300g) at M5 tap at AZ

shaft which is about 150mm distant from the
center of drive pulley and measure rotation
torque to be required to move AZ shaft at
position where the shaft stopped, and record.
Measure both sides of AZ shaft as marked by
arrows in Figure 2.
6/10
2. BEARING PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT
＜Adjustment of ball pressure of bearing＞
7) Remove metal plate for

cable for rotary joint.
8) Pull out the

Photo 11
rotary join. Photo 12
9) Remove cable
connector for
rotary joint.
10) Loosen fixing screw

for drive pulley by
Photo 13 socket wrench. Photo 14
11) Use pliers when it is hard 12) Remove fixing screw for
to loosen by socket wrench. drive pulley.
Photo 15
Photo 16
7/10
13) Before loosening drive 14) Install the fastening tool on

pulley, put alignment marks the drive pulley with 4 fixing
on the drive pulley and AZ screws No.8-32UNC.
shaft as shown in the photo
17 by marking pen.
Photo 17 Photo 18
15) Loosen the pulley by the 16) Apply spray KURE5-56 at

fastening tool. When it is the screw and leave a
hard to loosen, proceed couple of minutes.
to next step 16).
Photo 19 Photo 20
17) Remove the drive pulley from the shaft

Check rotation torque from position L1 and R1.
and check the rotation torque following
step 6) above and confirm that the
Result
load to rotate is now lessened.
L1side：
R1side：
Photo 21
18) Clean the screw on drive 19) Clean also the screw of shaft by
pulley by using wire brush. wire brush and remove the stains
by glue. (Loctite etc)
Photo 22 Photo 23
8/10
20) Wash the screw on drive 21) Wash also the screw of shaft by
pulley by parts cleaner, parts cleaner, Three Bond6602P.
Three Bond 6602P.
Photo 24 Photo 25
22) Screw in the shaft till the 23) Loosen the drive pulley till the similar
position of alignment mark put rotation torque observed in step 17.
on the step 13）above. You may turn back the pulley by about 45
degrees to get this similar smoothness.
Put the new alignment mark on the
shaft by marking pen.
Photo 26 Photo 27
25) Tighten the drive pulley till the

alignment mark put on the above
step 23). Check that the glue is
applied all over the part of screw
and clean out the remaining glue
(Loctite).
24) After putting the alignment

mark, loosen further the
drive pulley till the shaft is
screwed only by 1 to 2
Photo 28 Photo 29
turns and put glue, Loctite
242 over the screw
9/10
26) Check that the condition

Check rotation torque from position L1 and R1.
(hardness) confirmed in step 17)
above remains unchanged.
Result
L1side：
R1side：
Photo 30
28) Tighten the fixing screw for

27) Apply glue, Loctite 242 on
drive pulley by both the socket
the fixing screw for drive
screw wrench and plier as
pulley. shown in the photo 32.
Photo 31 Photo 32
29) Put back the antenna assembly by reversing steps 1) to 28).
In case the fixing nuts are removed in step 6), put the glue (for instance
Loctite 242 ) on the fixing bolts for anti-vibration rubbers and put the
nuts (refer to the Photo No.8).
10/10
3. Necessary Tools
LEVEL METER SOCKET SCREW WRENCH： SOCKET SCREW WRENCH：
diagonal 2mm Length more than diagonal 4mm Length more than
（measurable 1 degree inclination）
60mm 60mm
SOCKET SCREW WRENCH：

Tension meter：0-300g Wire brush
size ﾞ 9/64
With compensation indication
when used in horizontal position.
+ Screw driver forM4screw, more

- Screw driver for M6 screw Long nosed pliers：L160mm
than L100mm
Socket screw：No.8-32UNC
Fastening tool File（for repair of deformed pulley）
L7/16
4 pcs.
Glue Loctite 242 （medium

Spray for lubrication：KURE5-56 Parts cleaner：ThreeBond 6602P
strength, for screw）blue
Cloth Hammer(resin) ：500g

F'URUNOte No.: _....:F....::0~5~-2::.:::0~0.::::..5-~00~7:....,__
Date: ---=
2~0:::.:05::....·.::::..04..:.....__ _
Information APPROVEDBY~~~~~~~~~~
Service Management & Commanding Department WRITTENBY
Addenda No.8 to Service Manual for FELCOM 70, Pub. No.SME-56340
FELCOM 70
vtlite Mobile 6.2
New vtlite software, vtlite 6.2 (165-0178-01.03) features following functions.
1) In vtlite display, SBS and COM 1 are added in the following example. SBS is Spot
Beam Status indicator and COM 1 is the COM port in use.
With new SYSTEM program available soon, SBS changes to either SPT (spot
beam) or GLB (global beam) according to available beam type. With the current
SYSTEM program Rei 2.1 (1650182-01.01), SBS does not change after spot
beam selection is complete.
®
fiil~ KDO (003) 1n IOR
L
>"1: · - - 1 Soot b~a111 7 Elt!vatlon 08
t::ll'~ Rt!adv for c<!!ll
0'~
09:21 IU1C•OOOOI
SBS: Spot beam selection not complete COM port in use

(Normally at system start-up)
SPT: System within spot beam
GLB: System in global beam
2) Port/Configure menu is changed as below.

Only ports detected by vtl ite are displayed. Telnet settings menu for future use is
added.
.
t$1 -N·~£,_GPS, Fuau•o
·. ,.
-.. , _._ ·-'"
m:J ""'-""'"~e,£..-GPSI Fuau•o
[~
_J
._1
__(
_j
= -- ~ 0'.!:3? MI<Al<X>
ec.m ...m'\JI r-'"'"""~'~ 1
~·
I
r~'"•""'•~wr
E"'l*>f EllS~ modo ~ I'
From January 2005
No. : FQ5-2005-01 0
1/4
Date : --=2=00=5---=
-0~4_ __
Information APPROVEDBY~~~~~~~~
SERVICE MANAGEMENT & COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTENBY
FELCOM 70
~OW TO CHANGE ANALOG PORT ASSIGNMENT
If FELCOM 70 fails FAX communication with the following symptom, try to change
analog port in use.
1) FAX communication is disabled with any land subscriber or station.
2) FAX does not ring or cannot be connected although ''Busy with call (FAX) or
(3.1 KHz Audio)" is displayed on the handset unit or vtlite.
3) In off hook mode, neither busy tone nor noise can be heard. Normally,
continuous tone should be heard.
If analog telephone unit is available, connect the analog telephone instead of the
FAX machine. If communication is okay, the FAX machine may be faulty.
Step 1. Record of ID and MSN

1. Printout ID and MSN, using vtlite Mobile. @
L
Menu operation for printing out:
[Configuration]> [Device Manager] > [Devices]> [Print Summary]> [Printout
Viewer].
Configuration printout viewer

1he IJst is sorted by Terminal kt
Prft.., IDc:3t . . . -
~~~ --===-......................~
... I'' . . ,.
f"'ilr4\*
•:-u-:~'-'"•t :u
t..
tcU.,Uh
•f I
C~•-=•• MSiia• . . . . •f""W a..ry~ 'tln• IIIA'II-
1•• , ....
.:..noso a.n,.._.a. "= •• J
~·-•••c•- Sl• ' ' .,. • t • • ~ .__. • • U '• J.-
Fig.1 Configuration printout viewer (Page 5-37 in 0/M)

2/4
2. Check analog port where FAX machine is connected, using Vtlite Mobil;
[Configuration] > [Device Manager]
The TEL port having ID of 16 or 61 is the FAX port.

ID= 16: 9.6 kbps FAX (IMN beginning with 7)
ID= 61 : 3.1 kHz Audio (IMN beginning with 6)
Step 2. Reloading ID and MSN

Reload ID and MSN for TEL port where FAX is connected by following the procedure
below. Turn off FELCOM 70 after the analog port setup Is complete. Wait for seconds
and then turn the unit on again . Carry out the FAX communication test. If FAX
communication is performed normally, the change of analog port is completed. If not,
proceed to the next step.
5.13.6 Analogue port

Open device manager and right-did< the device in the Analog Telephony Ports
box to open analogue pcxt setup \WJdow
...• 0 ..
f •Ill• tol. 11.... nl
...... fill~ Ill
.6'.
SEJeli ble rcquR:f fiEntr:e:
• Uap& ~ ~
R![V)C@
~ 5eiVl'le
• 3.1 U:it Allllb
Enl!r smra Id £0D.!DIDl
reeel\-m tum 1t1e Het pwit:B.
ISDN D•'tlc . .
~ f llt•l•
,.,,
t
~, ..
,
Lt~
•I at "'-11 01
-
llt2J2 jll}
- loft wh U.A•
ltn t.h...o.•l.:.lL tbtt. &I .U$ 11
·--·-·-· ..... - ·~-

:1;1 ht• 1\lltl
~--------------------~ ~ ....
t~ ( ~• " !.~ UC •
t:~-·f ,._. . .,..,.,. ••
·~ - ~..,. .......... ~ ...........
Oct. OK IDenll'rrr.ctlef.
~ MSN& C9l) te CIIDI!"I:IISt
rtdl!peml!niiJ. ~ I s
te"i!phonK R gi\'al b:
ane t.tSN.II!ej WIIIIOIII
m;;panll tl an 11comtq cat
_, ~atMSN.
Ec/JO cancellation is performed automatically tor au VOCe calls. Uncia:/< ff

probfems with echo cancellation.
Requi re Access Code is not used for 3.1 k.Hz Audio sefVice,
Professional Piioriry Service is checJ<ed on special agreement with the Net
Provider. e.g. for higher priority in the lnmarsat system.
Flg.2 How to setup analog port (Page 5-35 in 0/M)

3/4
Step 3. Resetting ID and MSN to factory default

1. Reset the configuration to factory default, using vtlite Mobile:
[Configuration] > [Device Manager]> [Devices]> [Restore Factory
Default].
2. Set ID and MSN for each port.
3. Turn off FELCOM 70 and wait for seconds. Turn it on again and carry out
the FAX communication test.
4. If FAX communication fails, proceed to the next step.
5.14 Sav,ing and reloading configurations

The FELCOM 70 configuration settings may be stored on Ule PC hard disk, e.g.
prior to replacing sottw&e.
Procedure
1 Open the Device Manager window as mdlcated.
2 Cflddng Devices > Save config to a me
automatically stores lhe data in a
*Con fig. cgr file in the vtUte <frectory c:tprograrn fiJesl\ltLite Mobile.
3 Afterinslalmg the software, the settings may be lralsJerred bade to
FElca.4 70 by pressing load.
4 Clicking Restoce Factory DefaUlts loads default fELCOM 70
oonfigurations.
Prlnt.outlstDmg a con1iguration summary:

5 Cflddng Print SliDDlilfY opens the Printout Viewer (see next page) which
fJs1s lhe settings of the end user eq~t. and allows filing andlof prirdoot.
Note: Save config to a me only saves the Device Manager settings. Setmg
such as Net provider I Access codes /lSON prok>col I Rx-t. band output
are not saved. Phone book data and traftic log must be saved in the Book
and log menus.
u .,
l
_j
r·-..------. . .
:-"-.......,,u .." .. ~.o~ p ..... . .. " " · ·
~ ,,..... 14w """'' ._,n,.,

to- ... tl ...
.. t•n....,U t ... ._ ~ •
Fig.3 How to make factory default clear (Page 5-36 in 0/M)

4/4
Step 4. Change of analog port

1. Turn off FELCOM 70.
2. Locate the TEL port (TEL1 to TEL 4) not in use in the terminal board on the
Main unit.
Note 1) TEL 3 and TEL4 telephone jacks are connected to TEL 3 and TEL4
terminal boards in parallel respectively.
Note 2) FAX ID is assigned to TEL4 port at factory.
If all TEL ports are used, disconnect the equipment the lowest priority to connect
the FAX machine.
Step 5. Change of ID and MSN

Turn on FELCOM 70 and change ID and MSN for Analog Telephone ports using vtLite
mobile: [Configuration] > [Device Manager].
1) Change ID of the FAX port to one not in use (e.g. 68). The same ID cannot be
selected for any port.
2) Change ID and MSN of the TEL port, where the FAX is connected at step 4, to one
used for FAX port. For example, ID is 61 and MSN is 04.
3) When the change is complete, turn off the unit and wait for seconds. Turn on the
equipment again and carry out the FAX communication test.
No. : FQ5-2005-011
Date : 2005- 04
Information
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED BY~~~~~~~~
Addenda No.10 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub . No. SME-56340
FELCOM 70
Connection of External GPS
FELCOM 70 has a built-in GPS receiver. However, it is recommended to connect

an external GPS receiver in case of the built-in GPS receiver failure. If not, it takes
time to acquire the satellite when the built-in GPS receiver is defective and
position data is not available.
How to connect external GPS rece iver

Connect a GPS receiver to NMEA (RS422) port on FELCOM 70, of which
receivable NMEA Ver. 3.0 sentences are GGA, RMC, HOT, and HOG. Position
data is included in GGA or RMC sentences.
How to switch between built-in GPS and External GPS

To select the GPS receiver in use, do the following menu operation through the
handset.
L
MENU>Ports>NMEA Port Enable: External GPS
Disable: Internal GPS
Disconnect the GPS antenna connector in the antenna unit, wait for about 5
minutes, and confirm that the external GPS is selected indicating External GPS
in vrlite display.
1 £1~ KOO {003) in IOR

• "l. '-- 1 Spot b~em 7 Elevation 08
~~ Reed y for c all
G-Ji:I!!!!!.J
• jieekl
SBS 582 COMI 1JC 17C [)9:21 IIJlvo:lOOI
No. : _ _..:..;:FQ=5---=2=00=5~-0=2..::...3__
Information Date: --=20=0=5---=0=8_ __
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED BY5'~~~~~~~=-

WRITTENBY
Addenda No.11 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. 56340
FELCOM 70
128kpbs UDI Communication
system ver.3.o
Urgency: At next service
The latest program, Ver. 3.0 and Ver. 6.2, supports following features.
1) 128kbps UDI communication

To use 128kbps UDI communication, "Password" is required. Get the password
from FEC, informing the serial number of the unit.
2) Resetting modem unit by using AT command (AT +WNERARESET)
3) Usage of USB port
Program name Program number Number on screen

System 1650182-01 02 REL Ver. 3.0
vtlite Mobile 1650178-01.03 REL Ver. 6.2
@
3540-0536, and after
128kbps UDI communication

To setup the system for 128kpbs UDI communication, refer to Section 6.5 in
L
Operator's Manual, revision -C. The vtlite Mobile and MPDS communication
cannot be used when 128kbps UDI communication is used because these
communications use the ISDN port.
The USB port of the PC is connected to

FELCOM 70 via an ISDN adapter,
"Eicon Diva ISDN USB Adapter" (our
recommendation).
Fig.1 Eicon Diva ISDN USB Adapter

2/2
Table lists LESs which support 128kbps UDI communication.
LES (Provider) AOR-W AOR-E IOR POR

Eik (Telenor): 004 Yes Yes Yes -
Goonhilly (Stratos): 002 Yes Yes - -
Burum (Stratos): 012 - - Yes -
Auckland (Stratos): 002 - - - Yes
Burum (Xantic): 012 Yes Yes Yes -
Aussaguel (France Telecom): 011 Yes Yes Yes -
To turn on 128kbps UDI communication;
1. Change Access level to “Owner level” (Menu > 2:Set access level).
2. Press New button in 991 (Paid functions)/Menu.
3. Enter the password in Code line.
4. Confirm that Data128 is added at the bottom in 991 dialog box.
Fig.2 991 (Paid functions), Step 3 Fig.3 Entering password, Step 4
Fig.4 Data 128 in 991 (Paid functions),

Step 4
Resetting modem unit

Modem unit can be reset by using an
AT command.
1. Open Mode in vtLite Mobile menu

bar.
2. Select “AT mode.”
3. Type AT+WNERARESET in Send
box.
4. Press Send button.
F'URUNO~ No. : FQ5-2005-025 1/2
Date : --=2=00=5-
- 1=0_ __
Issued by; FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. APPROVED av:_:;:z:~~=~~L

FELCOM 70
Remedy for No Communication
Symptom
Antenna does not point toward the satellite, causing communication problem.
The symptom occurs at higher Hlevation angles.
Cause
The level cage is fixed too tightly and the level is not detected correctly.
Remedy
Check that the level cage works normally by using steps below. If not, replace the
level cage with new one because of the damage of the bearing in the level cage.
1. Loosen four screws which fix the level cage motor.

2. Remove the belt.
3. Unplug the connector from the level cage.
4. Set the antenna elevation angle to 90 degrees.
5. Rotate the level cage fully counterclockwise by a hand.
6. Remove the hand from the level cage.
7. Make sure that the level cage rotates smoothly and hits the stopper. ®
8. Set the antenna elevation angle to 0 degree.
9. Rotate the level cage fully clockwise by a hand .
10. Make sure that the level ca9e rotates smoothly and hits the stopper.
If the level cage does not hit the stopper in above steps, the level cage fixing nut is
tightened too tightly on the shaft.
L
Level cage motor fixing screw (x 4)
Level cage
fixing nut
* :~Level cargo" in the service manual is changed to "Level cage."

2/2
How to replace level cage

1. Loosen the nut which fixes tlhe level cage onto the shaft.
2. Unplug the connector from tlhe level cage.
3. Replace new level cage.
4. Tighten the nut. After the nut touches the level cage, make sure that the level
cage rotates smoothly, taking steps 4 to 10 on the previous page at every half
turn.
The nut is a self-locking nut: which requires initial bedding-in - i.e. locking torque
loads for the first application are significantly higher than for subsequent
applications. Thus, the torqu1e meter is not useful.
5. Put the belt back and fix the level cage motor.
Necessary parts
Parts Name: Level cage
Type: 119528-1
Code No.: 000-149-109
No. : FQ5-2005-027 1/3
lnfol"mation
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED BY·~~~~~~~~
Addenda No.13 to FELCOM 70 SeNice Manual, Pub . No. SME-56340
FELOCM 70
Remedy ftor Loss of Satellite Link
Symptom
The system loses the satellite at higher elevation angles and on a high sea, causing
getting into full search mode.
Cause
Broken wire on Cross EL motor connector
Remedy
Check for broken wire on Cross EL motor connector. Figs. 1 and 2 show the example
of a broken wire.
1) Soldering type connector

Resolder the wire to the connector, and then fix the lead wires of Cross EL motor
with a cable tie as shown in Fig.4.
2) Crimp type connector ®

Replace the motor with the soldering type. If the replacement motor is not
L
available, bypass the connector temporarily. The motor lead wires are fixed with a
cable tie as shown in Fig.4.
Fig.1 Soldering type connector Fig.2 Crimp type connector

on Cross EL motor on Cross EL motor
L./L
2/3
Preventative measure
Fix the motor lead wires with a cable tie as shown in Fig.4 to prevent stress on the wires
even if the wire is not broken.
These cables move together

with the cross EL motor
connector when the antenna
moves.
Fig.3 Before modification
Cable tie added
Fig.4 After modification

3/3
MOTOR
2
3
4
5 MOTOR
6
7 MOTOR
a 121850
OE-9P
1
11!
3
V cc
4
5
HY 100TOR
Hv
6
Hw EllDC MOTOR
7
a GNU P/N 12H1SO
1s broken on this connector

LEVEL CAGE AXIS
,J7 DA-15S
2
3
4
s
G
TO CL RATE SENSOR
7
a
"'
10 TO LV RATE SENSOR
!!
12
13
14 TO AZ RATE SENSOR
6 l
5 E
4 3
3 4
LEVEL CAGE MOTOR
2 'S STEP MOTOR
G P/N 11ll00
3-44S P/N 2055! MOTOR TERMINATION

P/N 112490
F'URUNO• 1/3
No.: FQS-2005-028
lnfoJ~mation
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED BY~~~~~~~:__
Addenda No.14 FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME- SME-56340

FELCOM 30/50/70/82
New Fax ~Aachine (FAX-2810/2820)
The fax machines used for lnrnarsat FELCOM 30/50/70/82 is replaced with new
model due to discontinuity.
Old model New model Remarks

MFC-4800J FAX-2810 100 Vac, Japanese version
FAX-2070 FAX-2820 220 Vac, English version,
FAX-2850 CE compliance
L
Fig.1 Buttons on FAX-2820
FAX-2810: From September .2005 (scheduled)
FAX-2820: From November ;wo5 (scheduled)
2/3
Following describes necessary settings on FAX-281 0/2820 at installation.
1) EMC ON/OFF Setting

When fax communication is intmmittent, set EMC to OFF.
1. Press [Menu/Set][*][2][8][6][4] in order in a short time to get into Maintenance mode.
MAINTENANCE appears in the LCD display.
2. Press [1] and then [0]. WSVVOO appears in the LCD display.
3. Press [2] twice to select WSW22.
4. Press [0] twice followed by I[Menu/Set] to turn on ECM function. To turn off ECM
function, press [1] twice.
ECM ON: WSW22=~101 00000
ECM OFF: WSW22=111 00000
Talble 1 Function of WSW22

Selector No. Function SettinQs
1 ECM in sending 0: ON, 1: OFF
2 ECM in !receiving 0: ON, 1: OFF
3 Call Waiiting Caller ID 0: ON, 1: OFF
4 Not used
5 Acceptable TCF bit error 0:0% 1: 8%
6 rate , Only at 4800 bps, Not 0:0% 1:4%
7 used 0:0% 1:2%
8 0:0% 1: 1%
5. Press [Stop/Exit]. MAINTENANCE is displayed.

6. Press [9] twice to get into Normal mode.
2) MODEM Setting
Change MODEM setting by following steps below.
1. Press [Menu/Set][*][2][8][6][4] in order in a short time to get into Maintenance
mode. MAINTENANCE appears in the LCD display.
2. Press [1] and then [0]. WSVVOO appears in the LCD display
3. Press [1] and then [3] to select WSW13.
4. Press [0] [0) [0] [1] [1] [0] [1] [0] in order, followed by [Menu/Set] to set Cable
equalizer and Modem attentUator to 0 km and 10 dB respectively.
5. Press [Stop/Exit]. MAINTENANCE is displayed.
6. Press [9] twice to get into Normal mode.
3/3
Table 2 Function of WSW13

Selector No. Function Settings
1 Cable equalizer 00: Okm 10: 3.6 km
2 01 :1.8 km 11 : 5.6 km
3 Reception level 00: -43dBm 10: ~49dBm
4 01 : -47dBm 11 : -51dBm
5 Modem attenuator (to adjust the 0 : OdB 1: 8dB
6 transmitting level attenuation of 0: OdB 1 : 4dB
7 modem) 0 : OdB 1: 2dB
8 0: OdB 1 : 1dB
FAX-2810: ''WSW13=00011010" (default setting)
FAX-2820: "WSW 13=01011011 " (default setting)
3) Initializing EEROM
To initialize EEROM, use following steps. After initialization, all tax numbers entered by
the user are deleted and WSW setting changes to defaults.
1. Press [Menu/Set][*][2](8][6][4] in order in a short time to get into Maintenance mode.
2. Press [0] and then [1] to clear data onto EEROM. PARAMETER INIT is displayed
during initialization and MAINTENANCE after completion.
3. Turn off the machine and on it again.
4) Printing out WSW settings

To print WSW settings;
1. Press [Menu/Set][*][2][8][6][4] in order in a short time to get into Maintenance mode.
2. Press [1] twice to print out VVSW parameters. PRINTING is displayed during printing.
PRINTING changes to MAINTENANCE after printing is completed.
3. Press [9] twice to get into normal mode.
FUAUNO* No.: FQ5-2005-032
Information Date: 2005-1 1

APPROVED BY~~~7~~~~~
FELCOM 70
Modem Reset Solves Problem
This information describes typical problems and remedies on FELCOM 70 having

the current software.
Program Current Program Version

System program 650182-01 .02 (Ver.3.0)
vite Mobile program 650178-01 .03 (Ver.6.2)
Symptom 1) No communication with "All channel busy" message on ISDN

handset.
Remedy: Carry out modem reset. See the attachment.
Symptom 2) Neither transmission nor reception
Remedy: Check Forward ID by using the keystroke of MENU > 9 >

®
L
8 > 2 (Mise. version Id information). If ID is ABCDEF or FFFFFF,
EEPROM on CIB board is defective.
• t wutno f 11 ': - 1!fJ
ESC
Fig.1 982 display

OS 06 IIJI(oCQ q)j
Forward ID --.-E,~..:.;...;·~;:;.
I
Fig.2 CIB Board
2/2
Modem Reset Procedure
To clear modem data;

1. Click “vtLite Mobile” icon.
2. Click MODE button at upper right in vtLite Mobile display
3. Click AT MODE in MODE menu.
4. Type AT+WNERARESET in the “send” line. Fig.3.
5. Click send button.
6. Click Quit button when OK is displayed.
7. Wait until the vtLite Mobile display reappears. The change of the screen is similar
to the start-up display, but it takes longer time to show vtLite Mobile display.
8. Make sure that Ready for call is in vtLite Mobile display.
9. Select MENU > 9 > 8 > 9 (Network status).
10. Make sure that Region registration is “Successful” in Network status display.
Fig.4.
Fig.3 AT MODE display
Fig.4 989 display

FUAUNO~ No. : FQS-2005- 033 1/8
_ ___
Information Date : 2005- 11
__:;;..;:;...;:;..;:;........:.....:.
Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVEDBY~~~~~~~~

WRITTENBY
FELCOM 70
Installation of USB Dual Port Modem
Installing USB dual port modem on the PC allows the USB port on FELCOM 70 to
be used for two applications; vtlite Mobile and UDI or vtlite Mobile and MPDS.
With single port modem , vtlite Moblie, UDI, or MPDS is used on the PC connected
to the USB port.
Dual port modem is installed on the PC of which Operating System is Windows XP

only and operates with following software.
Program Version Program Number

System Program Ver.3 1650182-01 02
Vtlite Mobile Program Ver.6.2 1650178-01.03
Function of USB port Modem Holder Name

Single mode Nera Generic modem USB Driver
(vtlite Mobile, UDI, or (Single port modem)
MPDS) ®
Dual mode Dual port modem USB Dual Port
L
(vtlite Mobile and UDI or Dual control modem Driver
vtlite Mobile and MPDS)
How to select dual port mode

Use the following menu operation to setup USB port for Dual port mode; MENU > 9
> 7>6 (USB), and then select Dual port (WDM).
f~ tur•motl / ~ - ~
Sear-ching OPS satellites
~
__j >Pro· ~
~lo.t
~!·~ ~ !~·
. .--------~
,.,, .tt- 11•1 >
... M!:!..l Thi! !! host
__j :t~· L _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ , !!lnt
SBS 563 COMl HC 18 22 (UTC.OS 00)

Fig.1
2/8
Step 1. Select Single port through vtLite Mobile menu.
When the PC has Serial port, use menu operation of MENU > 9>7>6 (USB), and
then select Single Port followed by Select button.
Fig.2
When the PC does not have Serial port, connect the USB port on the PC to the USB
port on FELCOM 70. Found New Hardware Wizard appears. Take step 2 when Nera
Generic USB Modem is displayed. Take step 4 and then step 2 when Nera Dual port
modem is displayed.
Fig.3
3/8
Step 2. Install Single port modem.
2.1 Turn on FELCOM 70 and connect the cable between USB ports on the PC and
FELCOM 70. Found New Hardware Wizard (Fig.4) appears after the presence of
Found New Hardware message at the lower right of the screen. If not, unplug
the USB connector and plug it again.
2.2 Select “Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)” as shown in Fig.4.
Fig.4
2.3 Press Next button.

2.4 Select “USB driver” holder where new software is saved.
Fig.5
Fig.6
4/8
2.6 Press Continue Anyway button.
Fig.7
2.7 Wait until installation of Nera Generic USB Modem is completed.
Fig.8
2.8 Press Finish button.
Fig.9
2.9 Restart or turn off and on FELCOM 70 and the PC.

5/8
Step 3. Execute vtLite Mobile software.
3.1 Make sure that Nera Generic USB Modem is added in Modems list of Phone and
Modem Options menu/Control Panel.
3.2 Make sure that COM port number is correct.
Fig.10
3.3 Select Configure > Port and set COM port number to one used for Nera Generic
USB Modem, and then Mode > Terminal MMI to run vtLite Mobile, when the PC
is connected to USB port.
Select Configure > Port and set COM port number to the same number as Serial
port, and then Mode > Terminal MMI to run vtLite Mobile when the PC is
connected to Serial port.
Fig.11
6/8
Step 4. Install Dual Port (WDM) software.

4.1 Select Dual port (WDM) with menu operation of MENU>9>7>6 (USB) in vtLite
Mobile menu.
4.2 Press Edit button.
4.3 Select Dual Port (WDM) and press Select button.
Fig.12
4.4 Press Save button.
Fig.13
4.5 Terminate vtLite Mobile software after the following Wizard is automatically
launched after Found New Hardware message at the lower right of the screen.
Fig.14
4.6 Select “Install from a list or specific location (Advanced) “ in Fig.14.

7/8
4.7 Choose the holder (USB Dualport Driver) where new software is saved.
Fig.15

4.9 Press Continue Anyway button.
Fig.16
4.10 Wait until Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard appears.
4.11 Press Finish button. Found New Hardware Wizard similar to Fig.14 appears.
Fig.17
8/8
4.12 Repeat steps 4.5 to 4.11 two more times until “Your new hardware is installed
and ready to use” message appears. If you installed the software you’re your
PC once, repeating steps 4.5 to 4.11 is required only once.
Fig.18
4.13 Restart FELCOM 70 and the PC.

4.14 Make sure that Control port and
Nera dual port modem are
added in modem list of Phone
and Modem Options
menu/Control Panel.
Fig.19
4.15 Select Configure>Port in vtLite Mobile menu.

4.16 Set the COM port number to the same number as Nera Control Port. In the
example of Fig.20, the Port number is set to 7.
Fig.20
FURUNO' No.: _.:...F0~5~-.=..:20~0~6-~0~05~- 1/2
Date: _.....:2~0~0.:=..6-~0~6_ __
Information APPROVED BY'~~~~~~~2:::~
Issued by: FUR UNO ELECTRJC CO., L TD
Service Management & Commanding Department WRITTEN BY
Addenda No.17 to FELCOM 70 service manual , pub. No. SME-56340
FELCOM 70
No Data Communication
- vtlite Mobile does not run -
Symptom
vtlite Mobile does not run.
Cause
Baud rate is set to 4800 bps, instead of 115200 bps.
Keystroke on ISDN handset to read the baud rate is
MENU> Ports> Port A (B)> Speed. ®
The baud rate is set to 4800 bps when the Logging
mode is selected to AUTO RS-232A in Log menu to
connect a serial printer, ML-280. [
Remedy
To run vtlite Mobile;
1. Select MENU > Ports > Default to set factory default for ISDN handset port.
2. Turn off the communication unit and on it again.
3. Disconnect the RS232 cable from RS232A on the communication unit and connect
it to RS232B port. If the RS232B port is already used , unplug the connector
tern pora rily.
*: When the PC with vtLite Mobile is connected to R$2328 port, read RS232A and
R$2328 as R$3238 and RS232A respectively in the procedure.
4. Run vtlite Mobile.

5. Change Access Level from User Level to Owner Level.
(MENU > Set access level > Owner> Password: 1234567890)
2 - Set •eeeas leve l

2/2
6. Click Log in vtLite Mobile initial display to get into Traffic log menu.
7. Click Edit, select Enabled, and then click Select.
8. Click OK.
9. Turn off the communication unit.

10. Change the connection of RS232 cable from RS232B port to RS232A port.
Plug the connector disconnected in step 3 to RS232B port.
11. Turn on the communication unit and check that vtLite Mobile runs normally and
MPDS and UDI data communication works normally.
If above steps do not solve the problem, refer to page 3-40 in FLECOM 70 service
manual.
Contents
Introduction ･････････････････････････････････････････････････････････････ 1
Check Points ............................................................................................................2
MPDS/UDI Communication Test............................................................................6
Chapter 1. General
1.1 General...........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1.1 Inmarsat Fleet Services...................................................................................1-1
1.1.2 Fleet 77 Services.............................................................................................1-4
1.1.3 Inmarsat Channel Characteristics ...................................................................1-6
1.1.4 UDI and MPDS ..............................................................................................1-8
1.2 FELCOM 70 System Configuration ..............................................................................1-12

1.2.1 System Configuration .....................................................................................1-12
1.2.2 Terminals and Connectors ..............................................................................1-14
1.2.3 Connection for UDI and MPDS .....................................................................1-16
Chapter 2. Location of parts

2.1 Overview of FELCOM 70 .............................................................................................2-1
2.1.1 Standard supply ..............................................................................................2-1
2.1.2 Optional Supply..............................................................................................2-2
2.2 Antenna Unit (SF-170) ..................................................................................................2-3

2.2.1 Antenna Structure ...........................................................................................2-3
2.2.2 Antenna Unit...................................................................................................2-9
2.3 Communication Unit (SF-270)......................................................................................2-16
2.4 Accessories ..................................................................................................................2-19
Chapter 3. Set up
Before setting up..................................................................................................................3-1
3.1 Installation of vtLite Marine..........................................................................................3-2

3.1.1 Running vtLite Marine program .....................................................................3-4
3.2 Installation of USB driver software...............................................................................3-5
3.3 Selecting ISDN Handset Mode: SF-870........................................................................3-7
3.4 RS-232(A)/(B) Port Setting ...........................................................................................3-8
3.5 Protocol Setting .............................................................................................................3-9
i
Contents
3.6 To Prepare System Setting.............................................................................................3-10

3.6.1 Set access level ...............................................................................................3-10
3.6.2 Deleting PIN Code..........................................................................................3-11
3.6.3 Deleting Owner Password ..............................................................................3-12
3.7 ID Setting.......................................................................................................................3-13
3.7.1 Opening Device Manager (Owner level access).............................................3-13
3.7.2 ID and MSN Setting .......................................................................................3-19
3.7.3 Saving and Loading ID/MSN .........................................................................3-25
3.7.4 Printing ID/MSN ............................................................................................3-25
3.7.5 How to activate terminals when receiving a call............................................3-28
3.8 NMEA-0183 input source .............................................................................................3-31
3.9 Output of the Broad band (DGPS) ................................................................................3-32
3.10 Serial Printer Setting....................................................................................................3-33

3.10.1 Connection....................................................................................................3-33
3.10.2 DIP Switch....................................................................................................3-33
3.10.3 Configuration via vtLite Marine...................................................................3-36
3.10.4 Serial Printer Test .........................................................................................3-37
3.10.5 Connecting a PC to Serial printer port..........................................................3-40
3.11 Windows Printer Setting..............................................................................................3-41
3.12 Terminal Adapter (QDGY911912) Setting..................................................................3-42
3.13 Analog Telephone (FC755D1) setting.........................................................................3-43
3.14 Fax (FAX-8070P) Setting............................................................................................3-44

3.14.1 Menu Tree.....................................................................................................3-44
3.14.2 Setting Points................................................................................................3-47
Chapter 4. Software
4.1 Program Revision Level ................................................................................................4-1
4.1.1 vtLite Marine ..................................................................................................4-1
4.1.2 System program (Communication unit) .........................................................4-1
4.1.3 Handset Program ............................................................................................4-2
4.1.4 Other programs ...............................................................................................4-2
4.2 Saving ID number and Phone book ...............................................................................4-3

4.2.1 To save ID number..........................................................................................4-3
4.2.2 Phone Book.....................................................................................................4-4
ii
Contents
4.3 Program Upgrade...........................................................................................................4-5

4.3.1 Before upgrading ............................................................................................4-6
4.3.2 Upgrade ..........................................................................................................4-9
4.4 Using USB Port on PC ..................................................................................................4-12
4.5 When upgrade is interrupted..........................................................................................4-14
Reference) InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat...................................................................4-16
Chapter 5. Maintenance
5.1 Anti-vibration Mount Replacement...............................................................................5-1
5.1.1 Anti-vibration .................................................................................................5-1
5.1.2 Procedure ........................................................................................................5-2
5.2 Belt, Motor and Sensor Replacement ............................................................................5-3
5.3 Modem and Power Unit Replacement...........................................................................5-7
5.4 DIP Switch and LED .....................................................................................................5-8

5.4.1 HPA CONT (16P0202) board in Antenna unit...............................................5-8
5.4.2 Connector Interface board in Communication unit.........................................5-9
5.5 Fault Finding Tools........................................................................................................5-10

5.5.1 Startup Sequence ............................................................................................5-10
5.5.2 vtLite Marine Startup Display ........................................................................5-11
5.5.3 Useful Menu and Display ...............................................................................5-13
5.5.4 Communication Log .......................................................................................5-27
5.6 Troubleshooting.............................................................................................................5-28
Chapter 6. Menu tree

6.1 ISDN Handset menu tree ...............................................................................................6-1
6.1.1 Overview of Fleet handset menu ....................................................................6-1
6.1.2 Details of Fleet handset menu tree..................................................................6-2
6.1.3 Details of Normal handset menu tree .............................................................6-8
6.1.4 Phone book entry (Fleet handset) ...................................................................6-9
6.2 vtLite Marine .................................................................................................................6-10

6.2.1 Starting up.......................................................................................................6-10
6.2.2 Menu bar.........................................................................................................6-10
6.2.3 Menu button....................................................................................................6-11
iii
Contents
6.3 [MENU] button .............................................................................................................6-15

6.3.1 Overview ........................................................................................................6-15
6.3.2 [Menu] tree .....................................................................................................6-18
Chapter 7. Block Description

7.1 Communication Unit (SF-270)......................................................................................7-1
7.2 Antenna Unit (SF-170) ..................................................................................................7-5

7.2.1 Outline ............................................................................................................7-5
7.2.2 Stabilized Antenna Pedestal ..........................................................................7-7
7.2.3 Helical-array Antenna .....................................................................................7-8
7.2.4 PCU (Pedestal Control Unit) ..........................................................................7-8
7.2.5 Antenna Control Signals .................................................................................7-14
7.2.6 TX circuit in Antenna Unit.............................................................................7-15
7.2.7 RX Circuit in Antenna Unit ............................................................................7-20
7.2.8 PWR (16P0192) Board...................................................................................7-22
Appendix 1) LES Access Code............................................................... AP1-1

AP1.1 Access Code .............................................................................................................AP1-1
AP1.2 Inmarsat-MPDS Status .............................................................................................AP1-2
AP1.3 Inmarsat-Fleet F77, F55, F33 and Swift 64 LES Status ...........................................AP1-4
Appendix 2) Specifications...................................................................... AP2-1
Appendix 3) Setup for MPDS/UDI .......................................................... AP3-1

AP3.1 Setup.........................................................................................................................AP3-1
AP3.1.1 Installation of Standard modem .................................................................AP3-1
AP3.1.2 Setup for Network Connections ................................................................AP3-4
AP3.1.3 Checking default settings...........................................................................AP3-8
AP3.1.4 Connection to server..................................................................................AP3-11
Note) All dialups are dialed in MPDS. ............................................................AP3-14
AP3.2 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................AP3-15
AP3.2.1 MPDS/RS-232 ...........................................................................................AP3-15
AP3.2.2 MPDS/USB ...............................................................................................AP3-16
AP3.2.3 UDI/RS-232 ...............................................................................................AP3-18
AP3.2.4 UDI/USB ...................................................................................................AP3-19
AP3.2.5 Faultfinding................................................................................................AP3-20
Contents of Drawings ............................................................................... S-0
iv
Introduction
The following summarizes the points that you understand before servicing.
1) Some setting operation on vtLite Marine requires a owner password.
It recommends the default password 1234567890 unchanged. The password cannot
be factory-reset.
2) Check antenna movement at power-on visually after installation. Antenna elevation

angle is initialized 45 degrees at every power-on.
3) Up to 7 ISDN devices can be connected. When the distance between the

Communication Unit and the last wall socket exceeds 10m, the socket is terminated
with 100-Ohm resister, or an “ISDN bus end plug”, RJ45 termination plug may be
used.
4) ID (OID/DID) and MSN numbers are used in pairs. These depend on services and
ports in use.
5) Serial printer, ML-280 is connected to RS-232A/B port. Baud rate is set to 4800 bps
automatically.
6) Each service is supported by the following ports.
RS-232A RS-232B or RS-422 USB ISDN

vtLite Marine Yes Yes Yes No
UDI Yes Yes Yes Yes
MPDS Yes Yes Yes No
** When a PC connect to ISDN port and RS-422 ports, it is via an appropriate level converter.
7) Breaking “WARRANTY SEAL” will void the warranty. Only unit replacing is repair
option.
8) EEPROM on the Connector Interface board in the communication unit memorizes

Forward/Return ID.
9) MPDS and UDI services use different dial-up number.

MPDS : **94#
UDI : Network provider Phone number
Each port supports single application. Before MPDS or UDI communication is
made, quit vtLite Marine program.
10) The LES is selected through “Menu ->1:Set default provider/Menu”. Explain that
procedure to users.
1
Introduction
Check Points
1. Before Switching ON
1) Remove the rope which prevents the antenna from moving in the antenna radome
during transportation.
2) Turn on the service switch on HPA chassis in the antenna radome.
3) Check power input voltage is correct. (100VAC to 240VAC, 1.47A to 0.89A)
4) Understand system configuration.
5) Verify that the cabling is correct.
2. Coaxial Cable check

The coaxial cable connector, or antenna connector is fabricated as shown in the
installation manual. Make sure that the center conductor does not short circuit to the
braided shield. With an analog multi-tester set to x1 Ohm range, measure the resistance
between wires of the cable connected to the antenna unit. The service switch in the
antenna unit is set to ON.
Center Conductor Braided shield Resistance

+ lead - lead About 20 Ohms
- lead + lead About 400 Ohms
3. Terminating ISDN line (See page 3-1 and IM)

If the ISDN bus is longer than 10m, the last ISDN wall socket is terminated, so that
100-Ohm resister is placed and the DIP switch is set to ON. An “ISDN bus end plug” is
used instead of DIP switch setting.
4. Analog telephone system settings (See page 3-43)

The analog telephone is set to Tone (DTMF) dialing.
5. vtLite Marine Installation (See page 3-2)

vtLite Marine software is installed onto the PC.
6. USB Driver Installation (See page 3-5)

When USB port is used for vtLite Marine, MPDS and UDI, FELCOM70 USB driver is
installed onto the PC.
7. Network Setting on PC (See AP3 and OM)

For MPDS and UDI communications, the PC is set up, using “Phone and Modem
Options icon” (Windows XP). Standard 33600 bps modem is selected. Refer to
Appendix 3 for details.
2
Introduction
8. Connecting analog device to ISDN line (See page 3-42)

Analog device is connected to the ISDN line via the terminal adapter, QDGY911912. Up
to two terminal adapters can be used. The adapter needs setting.
9. Running vtLite Marine (See page 3-4)

ISDN port does not support vtLite Marine. RS-422 port is selected from the ISDN
handset (Menu -> port B), instead of RS-232(B) port.
vtLite Marine Port and RS-232(B) port settings are;
vtLite Marine: Default settings
-Speed: 115200 -Data: 8 -Stop: 1 -Flow control: none
-COM port: x (Same port as PC)
RS-232(B) port: Default settings
-Speed: 115200 -Data: 8 -Stop: 1 -Flow control: rtc/cts
10. ID and MSN setting (See page 3-13)

Terminal ID and MSN numbers depend on the service. ID and MSN setting is not
necessary for MPDS.
Term. Id Service INMARSAT Service

01-0F Voice B: 16.8k, M: 4.8k, mini-M: 4.8k, F77/F55/F33: 4.8k Speech
11-1F FAX B: 9.6k, M:2.4k, mini-M: 2.4k, F77/F55/F33: 9.6k
21-2F ADS B: 9.6k, M:2.4k, mini-M: 2.4k, F33: 9.6k
31-3F Telex B
41-4F HSD B
51-5F 64k Data GAN/F77/F55
61-6F 3.1k Audio GAN/F77/F55
91-9F 64k Speech GAN/F77/F55
Port
Service
TEL1-4 ISDN ISDN/USB/RS232/RS-422
4.8kbps Speech MSN 20 - 28
3.1k Audio MSN 40 - 48
MSN 01 - 04 N/A
64kbps Speech MSN 30 - 38
9.6kbps FAX MSN 40 - 48
9.6kbps Data N/A MSN 60 - 68
64kbps Data N/A MSN 60 - 68 MSN 60 - 68
56kbps Data MSN 50 - 58 MSN 50 - 58
3
Introduction
11. Deleting (!) in Device Manager (See page 3-20)

Triangle symbol, an exclamation point (!) in a triangle, appears in vtLite Marine Device
Manager display when the communication unit does not recognize the connection of the
ISDN handset. To delete the symbol, carry out “Restore Factory Default.” ID and MSN
settings are factory-reset.
12. Saving/Printing ID and MSN Settings (See page 3-25)

Keep settings for future service.
13. ISDN protocol configuration (See page 3-9)

Same protocol must be set on the ISDN handsets, ISDN devices and the communication
unit. It recommends setting Euro protocol.
14. Connecting Serial Printer (See page 3-33)

The serial printer is connected to either RS-232A or RS-232 B port. From vtLite Marine
Window, select Log ->Logging mode -> “Automatic Printing to RS-232A (or B)”. DIP
switch setting is required on the printer. When the serial printer port is used for MPDS
and UDI, the baud rate is change to 115200bps from the ISDN handset.
15. Distress Alert Buzzer Test (See page 3-19)

The buzzer in the distress alert unit is tested functionally.
Menu operation;
1) [Device Manager] -> Dedicated Handsets -> “Test Buzzer” from vtLite Marine
2) Menu -> priority call -> “Test Buzzer” with ISDN handset
16. Antenna Initialization (See page 5-6 and 7-7)

At every power-on, the antenna elevation angle is set to 45 degrees during initialization.
Then, the antenna rotates to point at the satellite, or the antenna changes azimuth. Verify
this movement after installation.
4
Introduction
17. Built-in GPS Receiver Test (See page 5-11)

Make sure that position is displayed in vtLite Marine display. With the ISDN handset,
select Menu -> Information -> position.
When the external GPS input data

use, select Menu -> Ports -> NMEA
port -> “Enable” with the ISDN
handset, See page 3-31.
18. Start-up Display (See page 5-10)

When the antenna points at the satellite and acquires NSC
CC signal, “Ready for call” message appears in vtLite
Marine.
Using the keystroke of Menu -> 989, verify the following
indication.
- Region registration : Successful
- Active spot beam ID : Other than “254” and “255”
If “Searching all” message appears, instead of “Ready for
call,” the system continues searching the satellite. Select the
available satellite by using Seek button in vtLite Marine (or
Menu -> “Sat. Search” from the ISDN handset).
19. Changing ISDN handset mode (See page 3-7)

To switch to Fleet mode, press and hold down DEL key, then connecting the handset to
the ISDN socket. The handset connected to the distress alert unit is set Fleet mode
automatically.
20. Making ID, MSN and IMN list for the use onboard a ship
Make an ID, MSN and IMN list and leave it onboard a ship.
21. Communication Test

Make calls in the following services for test.
a) 4.8 k speech
b) 64 k speech
c) 3.1 k Audio (G3 FAX)
d) UDI
e) MPDS
Call transfer (R**MSN #) and internal call (**MSN #) are also tested. Remember that
G3 FAX can send a message to G4 FAX, but not in opposite direction.
5
Introduction
MPDS/UDI Communication Test

The AT command set allows you to configure the Mobile Data Service function directly
from your PC keyboard, using vtLite Marine or Hyper Terminal.
When using Hyper Terminal, port setting as follows;
- Speed: 115200
- Data: 8
- Parity: none
- Stop: 1
- Flow control: none
Same as vtLite Marine Port setting in the menu, Configure ->Port.
Using Commands for test
ATD(ATDT) :Instructs the Mobile Data Service dial number.

For example, ATD28 for dial number 28.
AT+WS45=4 : Set FELCOM 70 to MPDS mode.
AT+WS45=1 : Set FELCOM 70 to UDI (SCPC) mode.
AT+WREG=1 : Used for service provider registration.
AT+WREG=0 : Used for service provider deregistration.
AT+WLES=? : The terminal reply with the LES access code being used.
AT+WLES=xxx: Select Net Provider for the serial port used. (xxx: LES access code)
6
Introduction
1. MPDS Call with AT Command (Using vtLite Marine)
To make a MPDS call with AT command;

1. From vtLite Marine menu bar, select Mode -> AT mode.
2. Type “AT” and press [Enter] key. If the modem replies with OK, the vtLite marine
(PC) communicates with the communication unit.
When indicating OK, the

PC is communicating.
Type AT command
Screen-1 Screen-2
3. Type “AT+WS45=4” and press [Enter] key to set FELCOM70 to MPDS mode. You
should receive an OK as a response.
4. To start a MPDS call, type ATD and press [Enter]. The system responses with
CONNECT 64000. “MPDS call” appears on the handset.
AT＋WS45=4
OK
ATD
CONNECT 64000
Screen-3
7
Introduction
5. Wait until NO CARRIER appears. Then, type “AT+WREG=1” and press [Enter]
key, REGISTERED message appears. Now, the system is registered by the service
provider.
NO CARRIER
AT+WREG=1
REGISTERED
AT+WREG=0
DEREGISTERED
Screen-4
6. Type “AT+WREG=0” and press [Enter] key. “DEREGISTERED” appears,

indicating that the system is deregistered.
7. Make sure that “Ready for call” appears on the handset. The MPDS line is
disconnected.
8
Introduction
2. UDI Call with AT Command (Using vtLite Marine)
To make a UDI Call with AT command;

1. Type “AT+WS45=1” and press [Enter] key to set FELCOM70 to UDI (SCPC) mode.
You should receive an OK as a response.
2. To start a UDI call, type ATD28 and press [Enter]. The system responses
CONNECT 64000. UDI call appears on the handset.
AT+WS45=1
OK
ATD28
CONNECT 64000
Screen-5
3. “NO CARRIER” appears after a while. Make sure that “Ready for call ” appears on
the handset. The UDI line is disconnected.
NO CARRIER
画面-5
Screen-6
9
Chapter 1. General
1.1 General
1.1 General
1.1.1 Inmarsat Fleet Services
Fleet provides a voice, fax and data service for maritime users using the Inmarsat-3
spot-beam capable satellites. In emergency situations, a limited service using the
Inmarsat-2 legacy satellites will be provided.
- The F77 variant provides voice, UDI: high-speed ISDN data and MPDS: Inmarsat’s
mobile packet data service to users anywhere in the world.
- The F55 variant provides the same services, but offers data services only within the
spot-beam coverage area of the Inmarsat-3 satellites.
- The F33 variant provides a global voice service, as well as a medium-speed fax and
data service within the spot-beam coverage area.
All three variants are designed for maritime environments and are specified to operate
reliably under the demanding conditions expected at sea.
Table 1.1.1 Inmarsat Fleet Service
F77 F55 F33

Service
4.8 k Speech Yes Yes Yes
2.4 k FAX No No
9.6 k FAX Option Option Yes
9.6 k data (Spot beam) (Spot beam)
64 k ISDN Data (UDI)
Yes
64 k ISDN Speech Yes No
(Spot beam)
64 k ISDN FAX (3.1 k Audio)
Yes
Yes
Yes (Spot beam)
(Spot beam)
MPDS FW/RT: 64 kbps - FW: 64 kbps (Max.)
FW/RT: 64 kbps
(Max.) - RT: 28.8 kbs
(Max.)
(19.2-50 kbps)
Characteristic
Antenna size (approx) 80 cm 50 cm 30 cm
Antenna G/T -4 dB/K -7 dB/K -12.5 dB/K
GMDSS compliant Yes No No
1-4 satellite compatible Yes Yes Yes
22 dBW 20 dBW 20 dBW
EIRP: 4.8 kbps Speech
(Global Beam) (Global Beam) (Global Beam)
EIRP: Max. 32 dBW 25 dBW 20 dBW
Frequency range L Band: 1525 to 1559 MHZ (Rx)/1626.5 to 1660.5 MHz (Tx)
Modulation:
4.8 k Speech/2.4 k FAX O-QPSK
9.6 k FAX/Data
Modulation: FW link: 16QAM
16-QAM 16-QAM
64 k ISDN/MPDS RF link:π/4QPSK
1-1
1.1 General
All members of the Fleet family are fitted with a Global Positioning System (GPS)
receiver which is integrated into the unit’s electronics. The GPS receiver provides
accurate position information to allow the MES to determine whether it is within
coverage of a spot-beam and, if so, which beam provides the best coverage.
Spot-beam operation:
All members of the Fleet family make use of the spot-beam coverage provided by the
Inmarsat-3 satellites to provide higher performance than is possible in global beam.
The Fleet Family uses the spot beam map and the terminal’s GPS position to calculate
the spot beam.
- Reduce MES size, weight and EIRP.
- Reuse of frequencies in the same ocean region.
- Saves satellite power.
- Generation 3 satellites provide up to seven spot beams.
- Generation 4 satellites will provide more than 200 spot beams.
Global-beam voice operation:

All members of the Fleet family will support 4.8kbps telephony services within
Inmarsat Global and spot beam coverage areas.
1-2
Voice is available on all
))'l
inmarsat Fleet Service Coverage Map Fleet services inside the
Global beams
Call setup is always using global beam.
-
-
Spot ID is calculated every 2 minutes.
Spot beams are used for traffic only.
so·
70"
60°
so·
40°
3o·
\\ ~}-~
~~
20°
to•
1-3
178"E
POR IOR
to•
20°
Jo•
Tel: 872
T lx: 582
a·..,
( Tel: 873
'
40°
so·
60°
1o•
so·
1.1 General
90°1------.-----,------~----.-----~------r-----,------r----~r-----~-----r-----.------r---~.------T------r-----,-----~
tso• t6o· 140° 120° 1oo• so• 60° 40° 20° 20° 6o• 120° 140° t6o•o•tso• so• too•
The map depictS lnmarsat's expectlltlons of lnmarsat Cust o·m er Care
Fleet Global beam Cove rage* Fleet Spot-beam Coverage* coverage buc does not rcpresenc a guarantee
Fleet F77 ISDN, MPDS & 4.8 kbitfs voi•:e service areas Fleet F33 fax & data services of service. The aV\! liability of service at the Tel:+ +44 (0}20 7728 1777
Fleet F33 & Fleet FSS voice servfce :~reas Fleet FSS fax, data & 3.1 kHz audio edge of coverage ar,as fluctuates depMding Fax: +44 (0)20 7728 1746
upon a variety of condttions.
E-Mail: custome r _care@inmar sat.com
Pacific Ocean Region Atlantlc Ocean Region-East
- - - Adandc Ocean Region..West - - - Indian Ocean Region D t'for lndivldval <overage olrea$ of e;~d'l
occa.n refton olea.se see t"e~rsc (C) ') 00:1ln m~ru r I im irPrl I<.(;HP I o n.?o~
1.1 General
1.1.2 Fleet 77 Services
1. General
Table 1.1.2 Fleet 77 Services
Data Charge: KDDI

Service Remarks
Rate SDR/6sec
Voice coding takes place using the AMBE codec to convert
speech into a digital signal. Speech bandwidth is 3100Hz.
0.20 to 0.23
Regeneration of DTMF and single tones is supported by the
4.8 k
4.8 kbps codec however data transmission is not supported i.e. the
Speech (¥32～36)
TEL 4.8kbps voice channel cannot be used efficiently to connect
analogue modems, etc.
Lower quality but economy rate
64 k 0.60 to 0.74 For ISDN phone, connect to the ISDN bus.
64 kbps
ISDN (¥96～119) High quality but premium rate
The G3 FAX of the analogue devices is used for ISDN, the
3.1 k
64 kbps 0.60 to 0.74 communication rate is the biggest 14.4kbps. The Audio signal
Audio
of 3.1kHz is converted to data rate of 64kbps with PCM.
The G4 FAX use ISDN protocol. The G4 FAX is 6 times
64 k
64 kbps 0.60 to 0.74 faster than the G3 FAX. The G4 is becoming compatible the
ISDN
upper level of G3 and G4 FAX can also use as G3 FAX.
The Fleet 9.6kbps facsimile service is identical to the
FAX Inmarsat-B facsimile service. The service is based on the
9.6kbps asynchronous data indicated in preceding section, but
use is made of the Inmarsat-B facsimile interface unit at the
9.6 k
9.6 kbps ― MES and LES in place of the Modem Interface Unit (MIU).
FAX
Apart from the higher transmission data rate (9600bps), there is
no significant difference in performance requirements and
service features for the 9.6kbps fax service from the 2.4kbps fax
service indicated in the preceding section.
The ISDN channel is analogous terrestrial ISDN services, and is
charged on a per minute basis. ISDN is well suited to
UDI 64 kbps 0.60 to 0.74 applications that make efficient use of the data communication
channel. On circuit switched networks (ISDN), it is important
to reduce the connected time, in order to lower costs.
The MPDS channel provides access to a packet data network,
which supports the TCP/IP protocol. This service is new to
DATA
maritime users, and offers an alternative to the ISDN channel.
The MPDS channel is charged differently to circuit switched
0.0342
MPDS 64 kbps network; MPDS is charged on amount of data sent/received. It
SDR/10kbit
is well suited to applications that do not make efficient use of
the data communication channel or have inherent delays in the
way in which they are used. On packet data networks (MPDS),
the quantity of data is important, rather than the connected time.
** Communication charge: The ships except for Japanese flag use KDDI, the charge depends on the other
communication party. 1SDR=about $1.38=about ¥160
** - UDI: Unrestricted Digital Information (HSD: High Speed Data)

- MPDS: Mobil Packet Data Service - ISDN: Integrated Service Digital Network
Though G4 FAX receives faxes from the G3 and G4, G4 FAX cannot send to G3 FAX.
1-4
1.1 General
2. Cost Comparison
Fig. 1.1.1 Cost comparison between MPDS and HSD
The MPDS communication is charged to the amounts of data, and the UDI
communication is charged time of duration.
The UDI is circuit switching system, so it takes about 30 seconds to log-on for network.
(That’s why the diagram (see Fig. 1.1.1) is made from the point of ¥500.) When the data
is smaller than 120 to 130kbytes, MPDS is economy rate than UDI.
It takes 2.5 to 3 minutes/1 M byte for the communication of 64k data.
3. Making a call with telephone and fax

LES access code is omitted because FELCOM 70 has already selected in “Set default
Net provider” settings.
Ship to shore telephone (FAX) call.
- 00 + Country code + Subscriber code + [#] or [Off Hook]
e.g.) When having a phone call to “0798 65 2111” in Japan,
00 81 798652111 [#].
Ship to ship telephone (FAX) call.
- 00 + Ocean region + IMN + [#] or [Off Hook]
e.g.) When having a phone call to the ships:763456789 in the Pacific Ocean ,
00 870 763456789 [#].
Shore to Ship telephone (FAX) call.

- International dial + Ocean region + IMN
e.g.) When having a phone call to the ships:763456789 in the Pacific Ocean via
KDDI, 001 010 870 763456789.
Note) Ocean Region codes

- All Ocean region: 870 - POR: 872 - IOR: 873
- AOR-W: 874 - AOR-E: 871
1-5
1.1 General
1.1.3 Inmarsat Channel Characteristics

Table 1.1.3 Inmarsat channel characteristics
Modulation Channel Bit Rate Channel FEC Fleet I/O

FEC Application Defined
Method Rate (bps) Name Rate 33 55 77 ISDN RJ11 DSUB
BPSK 6kbps 3k NCSA VITERBI 1/2 Signaling x x x B
4.8k LESV SU only VITERBI、FEC Voice (AMBE) x x x x x Mini-M
5.6kbps
2.4k LESD Rate 2/3 FIU x x x M
O-QPSK
9.6k VITERBI 1/2 FIU x x x x
24kbps LESM F33
9.6k VITERBI 1/2 DATA x x
RX
64k UDI x x x x x x
1/2 56k Data(V110) x x x x x x
33.6k 64k LESH TURBO (approx.) M4
16QAM 64k Speech x x x x x
symbol/s
3.1k Audio x x x x x
64k LESP TURBO MPDS x x x x M4
BPSK 3kbps 1.5k MESRQ/RP VITERBI 1/2 Signaling x x x M
4.8k MESV SU only VITERBI、FEC Voice (AMBE) x x x x x Mini-M
5.6kbps
2.4k MESD Rate 2/3 FIU x x x M
O-QPSK
9.6k MESM VITERBI 1/2 FIU x x x x
24kbps F33
9.6k VITERBI 1/2 DATA x x
TX 64k UDI x x x x x x
56k Data x x x x x x
33.6k 64k MESH TURBO 1/2 M4
16QAM 64k Speech x x x x x
symbol/s (approx.)
3.1k Audio x x x x x
64k MESP TURBO MPDS x x x M4
33.6/16.8k
π/4-QPSK MAX 50.4k MESP TURBO 0.33-0.87 MPDS x x F33
symbol/s
1-6
1.1 General
16QAM: 16-positions Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

The 16QAM makes signal constellation by combination of 4 phases and 4
amplitudes for 16 signal constellations. Information of 4 bit/symbol can be
transmitted. Compared with the other digital modulations (e.g. O-QPSK, BPSK and
so on), a lot of information can be transmitted per symbol, and it can be performance
high-speed digital communications with narrow band. The signal constellation of the
modulation is shown as below.
Fig. 1.1.2 Signal constellation of each modulation
AMBE: Advanced Multi Band Excitation

AMBE is codec for 4.8 k speech voice signal is changed to a digital signal through
the A/D converter. After being compressed by AMBE, the error correction is added
and changes to 4.8 kbps digital signal.
The 64 k speech is PCM (Pulse Code Modulation). The voice signal (bandwidth: 4
kHz) sampling with 8 kHz, and it is changed to binary data of 8 bits.
(8 kHz x 8 bits=64 kbps)
FEC (Forward Error Correction)/VITERBI:

FEC consists of convolution encoders to decrease the number of data error.
Fleet channel type use forward Error Correction (FEC) coding with a convolutional
encoder. For example, the FEC coding rate is 1/2, in the rate-1/2 code, 3 consecutive
input bits generates 6 output bits.
The “viterbi” is the decoder, which decodes FEC code.
TURBO codes:
The TURBO Convolution Code decoder is used in conjunction with a TURBO
Convolution Code encoder to provide an extremely effective way of transmitting
data reliably over noisy data channels. The TURBO decoder operates very well
under low signal to noise condition and provides a performance close to the
theoretical optimal performance. When a decoding operation is started, the core
accepts the block size and the number of iterations from two input ports. The
systematic and parity data is read into the core in parallel on a clock by clock basis.
The core than starts the decoding process and implements the required number pf
decode iterations. Finally the decoded bit sequence is output. The entire sequence
is automatically controlled from a signal First Data signal and requires no user
intervention.
3.1k Audio:
The “3.1k Audio” provides to connect for analogue user (G3 FAX, Analogue modem
an so on) to using ISDN. The “3.1k audio” signal speed is 64 kbps, so that can be
connected to ISDN.
1-7
1.1 General
1.1.4 UDI and MPDS

1. 64 kbps Data UDI: Unrestricted Digital Information
This service is intended to provide the user with a full-duplex dial-up data connection into
the ISDN network. The HSD service uses an ISDN S/T interface built into the MES.
Data rates of 64kbps and 56kbps are supported on digital networks; however, analogue
56kbps modems (e.g.V.90) may not be supported by all LESs.
User equipment is typically connected via an ISDN RJ-45 connector on the MES. Calls
can be initiated by either the mobile user or the terrestrial ISDN subscriber.
The UDI channel is used SCPC (Single Channel Per Carrier), so that it is occupied during
communication.
HDS
132kbit/s
(33.6k symbol/s)
Office LAN
e.g.) (64kbps Dial-up)
LES: 003
MES
IMN: 60xxxxxxx FURUNO
ISDN Internet
PSTN Service provider
64 kbps
FELCOM 70
Fig.1.1.3 ISDN 64 kbps HSD system
When the file is transferred by UDI, the situation of data transmitting from PC is as below.
The communication speed of UDI channel is 64 kbps. It resulted in measuring throughput
Tx: 58.5 kbps, Rx: 3.2 kbps. You can see that the data is transmitted by almost 64 kbps
because UDI channel is SCPC.
Tx Av. 7.3 kB/s (58.5 kbps)

Rx Av. 0.4 kB/s (3.2 kbps)
1-8
1.1 General
2. MPDS (Mobile Packet Data System)

The Fleet system (F77, F55 and F33) supports Inmarsat’s Mobile Packet Data Service
(MPDS). This packet-based service allows IP-based connectivity from the user’s
computer to any destination that can be reached via the internet, including web servers,
secure corporate servers, e-mail servers, etc.
MPDS operates on dedicated MPDS satellite channels, in both the to-mobile and
from-mobile directions. As these channels are shared between several users, the average
throughput may vary. The individual terminal sends and receives data at a speed of up to
64 kbps.
Fig.1.1.5 MPDS system
Fig.1.1.6 Standing an MPDS session
1-9
1.1 General
SBS (Satellite Base Station)

The SBS assigns channels to the MPDS user and handles the MPDS communication.
Terminals in MPDS mode share data channels with other users.
- Connects the MES via the satellite to the terrestrial networks
- Assigns channels and time slots to the MES
- Provides routing of signals to and from the RLES and HLES
- One SBS in each of the four ocean regions
- Operated by Inmarsat
Table 1.1.4 SBS
SBS Location (Primary/Backup) Ocean Region

Goonhilly AORE and/or AORW
Eik AORW and/or AORE
Sentosa IOR and/or POR
Yamaguchi POR and/or IOR
RLES (Regional Land Earth Station)

The RLES sets terminal in MPDS list. A terminal can not receive a voice call when in
MPDS mode.
- Verifies commissioning status and puts MES into NCS busy list
- More than one RLES in each of the four ocean regions
- Operated by an LESO and located at an ordinary LES
Table 1.1.5 RLES
RLES Service Provider

Ocean
Region Stratos Mobile
Telenor USA Xantic Telecom Italia
Networks
AORE Southbury Goonhilly Burum Fucino
AORW Southbury Goonhilly Burum -
IOR Eik Goonhilly Burum Perth Fucino
POR Santa Paula Auckland Perth -
1-10
1.1 General
HLES (Home Land Earth Station)

The HLES gives access to MPDS service like Internet/e-mail. It also handles the MPDS
billing system.
- Provides access to the Internet
- Authenticate the MES for access to the MPDS service
- Accounting record collection for billing
- More than one HLES in each of the four ocean regions
- Operated by an LESO (Land Earth Operator), may be located separately from an
ordinary LES
Table 1.1.6 Home LES

Ocean Global LES
LES Provider HLES Location Supporting RLES
Region Access Code
AORE 001 Southbury Telenor USA
AORW 001 Southbury Telenor USA
Telenor USA
IOR 001 Eik Telenor USA
POR 001 Santa Paula Telenor USA
Stratos Mobile All Ocean
002 Goonhilly Stratos Mobile Networks
Networks Regions
All Ocean
KDDI 003 Yamaguchi Telenor USA
Regions
Telenor All Ocean
004 Eik Telenor USA
Norway Regions
All Ocean
OTE 005 Thermopylae Telenor USA
Regions
VPN (Virtual Private Network)

A VPN (virtual private network) is a way to use a public telecommunication
infrastructure, such as the Internet, to provide remote offices or individual users with
secure access.
When the file is transferred by MPDS, the situation of data transmitting from PC is as
below. The communication speed of MPDS channel is Maximum 64 kbps. It resulted in
measuring throughput Tx: 10.4kbps, Rx: 0.8kbps.
The throughput is varied that depend on congestion of the channel, because MPDS
channel is shared with other MES.
Tx Pk. 7.7 kB/s (61.6 kbps)

Tx Av. 1.3 kB/s (10.4 kbps)
Rx Av. 0.1 kB/s (0.8 kbps)
Fig.1.1.7
1-11
1.2 System Configuration (FELCOM 70)
1.2 FELCOM 70 System Configuration

1.2.1 System Configuration
Fig.1.2.1 shows FELCOM 70 system configuration. The communication unit, SF-270
supports ISDN, Analog telephone and, RS-232C/RS-422/USB interfaces. The analog
device is connected to the ISDN port via Terminal Adapter.
The SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card slot locates on the communication unit. The
card is protected by a SIM PIN (Personal Identification Number). The antenna unit is
selected to either Mast mounted radome or Deck mounted radome.
SF-170: Mast mounting type

SF-171: Deck mounting type
ANTENNA UNIT
SF-170 External equipment
SF-171 (User supply)
GPS
Optional Supply Standard Supply
M12
20- 60m : N-P8DFB
ISDN Handset 60-100m : N-P12DSFA
SF-870 M12
8D-FB- CV "30M" 20S0021-0
16S0116-0 8D-FB- CV "50M" 20S0022-0
ISDN 12D-SFA-CV "100M" 16S0211-0 PABX
Wall Socket
102176
Broad Band
SF-870 output (BRO) 20- 60m : N-P8DFB
ISDN Handset 60-100m : N-P12DSFA
SF-370
Distress Alert 1 ISDN Tel 1 (2W) ISDN telephone
Unit
Analogue- to ISDN TA Tel 2 (2W)
QDGY911912
TA 2 ISDN ISDN4
G3 FAX
Radio-silence
FAX-8070P/3850
Analogue Telephone
NMEA-0183(4W)
SIM CARD
G4 FAX
ANALOGUE
WALL SOCKET
(OP16-11)
Communication unit
FC755D1
(Japanese)
SF-270
Analogue Telephone
Tel 3 (2W) PC
RS422
FC755D1
(Japanese) RS232
USB For UDI/MPDS/vtLite Marine

G3 FAX
Tel 4 (2W)
FAX-8070P
3 ISDN
ISDN Connection Box
Wall Socket QUFC911918
102176
AC IN
ISDN Handset
SF-870 GND
*Total Number of ISDN : Max. 7 (include TA) 100-240V AC

(1.47 - 0.89A)
Fig.1.2.1 System Configuration of FELCOM 70
1-12
Table 1.2.1
Name Type Remarks

For Mast mounting type antenna unit.
The antenna unit is configured DIP, LNA, HPA, PWR,
HPA CONT, T.Receiver, PCU board and GPS receiver.
SF-170 The antenna unit is connected to the Communication unit
Antenna Uuit with a 50-ohm coaxial cable.
The coaxial cable carries Tx and Rx signal, ASK control
signals and +48VDC.
For Deck mounting type antenna unit. Same as SF-170
SF-171
configuration.
The communication unit is manufactured as a cabinet for
Communication wall or desktop installation. The unit is configured
SF-270
unit Modem and Power unit, and connection panel board.
Power input is 100 to 240VAC, 1.47 to 0.89A.
The ISDN handset is connected with ISDN bus line. The
ISDN handset SF-870 handset can select service, 4.8k speech or 64k speech and
Phone setup, Ports, etc in Menu.
The Distress alert unit is for telephone distress call.
When “DISTRESS”, press [Distress button] for at least 6
seconds. Then press [#] on the handset, or wait for 15
Distress Alert unit SF-370 seconds to initiate distress automatically. When the RCC
operator answers, send the distress message.
The unit is connected to the one ISDN bus line, allow
two units connect.
The Serial printer prints out communication log. The
printer is connected to either RS232(A) or (B) port with
Serial printer ML-280
9-25pin D-sub serial cable. The maximum cable length is
50 feet.
MFJ-4800J G3 FAX. For Japanese version.
Facsimile FAX-8070P G3 FAX. FAX-8070P and FAX-2850 are the same
FAX-2850 functions. FAX-8070P is approved “CE”.
FC755D1
Telephone Analogue telephone.
DBAR104001/888
OP16-10 Box type, for analogue telephone.
Modular jack set
OP16-11 Flush mount type, for analogue telephone.
100VAC to 220VAC (300VA), FAX-2850 or FAX-8070P
OP16-25
Transformer used.
SD-221 220VAC to 100VAC, MFC-4800 used.
It is used to connect analogue device to the ISDN port.
Terminal adapter QDGY911912
Allow two analogue devices, telephone or G3 FAX.
ISDN wall socket for ISDN device, there are two RJ45
ISDN wall socket 102176
jacks.
Connection box QUFC911918 Connection box for ISDN bus and analogue line.
Buzzer KK-893-3977 Buzzer for analogue devices, telephone/G3 FAX.
1-13
1.2.2 Terminals and Connectors

1. Connector Panel
SILENCE ISDN ISDN
TEL 1
TEL 3
NMEA
NMEA
IND
SW
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TEL 2 ISDN ISDN TEL 4
TEL 4
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
ISDN ISDN TEL 3 USB RS-232 RS-232
RS-422 ISDN ISDN B A
Fig.1.2.2 Connecting port
Table 1.2.2 Connecting ports (1/2)
Port Connector
Max. Device Remarks
Name Type
Below service is supported:
- vtLite Marine
RS-232(A)
- UDI and MPDS
3m PC - For Program update
9p D-sub (Straight
Cable) Below service is supported:
- vtLite Marine
RS-232(B)
- UDI and MPDS
Note that Selecting RS232(B) port in handset Menu.
RS-232(A) The printer is connected to either RS232(A) or (B)
port with 9-25pin D-sub serial cable. The maximum
9p D-sub 50 feet Serial Printer
RS-232(B) cable length is 50 feet. Note that printer setting is Log
menu in vtLite Marine.
USB USB-B 3m PC - vtLite Marine
- UDI and MPDS
TEL 3 -Analogue A parallel circuit with TEL3 of connection terminal.
150 m TEL
TEL 4 (0.22 mm2) A parallel circuit with TEL4 of connection terminal.
-G3 FAX
ISDN RJ45 Up to 7 ISDN devices can be operated.
ISDN 100 m
ISDN (0.22 mm2)
ISDN -HANDSET
ISDN -Distress
ISDN Alarm Unit
ISDN 100 m -ISDN device
Terminal (0.22 mm2)
ISDN
1-14
Table 1.2.2 Connecting ports (2/2)
Connector
Port Max. Device Remarks
Type
TEL 1 Connection terminal.
Analog
TEL 2 150 m Connection terminal.
TEL
TEL 3 (0.22 mm2) A parallel circuit with TEL3 of RJ45 modular jack.
-G3 FAX
TEL 4 A parallel circuit with TEL4 of RJ45 modular jack.
- vtLite Marine
RS-422 Terminal 100 m
- UDI and MPDS
Note that Selecting RS422 port in handset Menu.
GPS data for backup, when internal GPS does not work.
NMEA GPS/Gyro Following sentence can be received. (NMEA Ver. 3.00)
HDT, HDG, GGA, RMC
SILENCE
Not used in FELCOM 70.
(SW/IND)
vtLite Marine
The vtLite Marine program allows FELCOM 70 to be operated from a PC. The vtLite
Marine program is supplied on the CD and installed on the PC hand disk. The PC is
connected to RS-232A/B, RS-422 or USB port.
Analogue port
An analogue port may connect two analogue devices (Furuno options) with parallel
circuits. For example, telephone (FC755D1) and Buzzer (KK-893-3977).
2. Communication unit (Rear panel)

Terminate with 50-Ohm load
when not used.
Antenna Connector
SIM Card slot
Fig. 1.2.3 Rear panel
All outgoing calls will be billed to the owner of the SIM card. The SIM card is
protected by a SIM PIN.
1-15
1.2.3 Connection for UDI and MPDS
Table 1.2.3 Connection for UDI and MPDS
UDI MPDS
OS
Windows 2000/XP Windows 2000/XP
Recommendation
Connection
Standard 33600bps Modem Standard 33600bps Modem
modem
RS-232(A), RS-232(B), USB, RS-232(A), RS-232(B),
Connection port
RS-422, ISDN USB, RS-422
Setting numbers - 28: Inmarsat Internet Service Provider
**94#
for connection - x-x: Internet Service Provider Phone number
** The way of connecting between MPDS and UDI is only setting number for
connection.
UDI and/or MPDS do not carry out with vtLite Marine from the same port
simultaneously. For example, vtLite Marine has to be closed when UDI
communicating from the COM port.
Table 1.2.4 Interface
Port vtLite Marine UDI MPDS Max. cable length

Only one bus: 100 m
ISDN No Yes No
Other bus: 10 m
RS232(A) Yes Yes Yes 3m
RS232(B) Yes Yes Yes 3m
Yes Yes
RS422 Yes 100 m
(Flow ctrl: rtc/cts) (Flow ctrl: rtc/cts)
USB Yes Yes Yes 3m
1-16
Case 1) Using COM and USB ports on PC

In this connection, the distance between the communication and the PC is up to 3 m.
While vtLite Marine operates, the UDI or the MPDS operation is available.
Fig.1.2.4 Using COM and USB ports on PC
Case 2) Using RS-422/RS-232C(USB) Converter

This connection is used when the PC separates from the communication unit about 100
m. The distance between the RS-422 port and the converter is up to 100 m. One of the
desired services of vtLite Marin, MPDS or UDI can be operated.
Fig.1.2.5 Using RS-422/RS-232C Converter
Case 3) Using two PCs

RS-232 port is used for MPDS service or vtLite Marine. ISDN port is used for UDI
service. Only one INDS bus from the Communication, maximum ISDN signal cable is
100 m.
Fig.1.2.6 Using two PCs
1-17
Case 4) Using Router

The system is connected to a LAN onboard a ship by using a router. It is connected to
RS-232 port. MPDS, UDI service and vtLite Marine are available on the PC connected
to the LAN.
Fig.1.2.7 Using router
1-18
ISDN Card
DIVA pro DN1280R

(EICOM Technology) (TDK)
ISDN-RS232C Interface
1 way Hopper
(Multi Tech System)
RS422-RS232C Interface
Black Box
(IC1473A-F)
1-19
Chapter 2. Location ofof FELCOM
2.1 Overview parts 70
2.1 Overview of FELCOM 70

2.1.1 Standard supply
(D)1260 x (H)1153
65 kg
Mounting holes：254.5 x 254.5

(Same as FELCOM 82)
Fig. 2.1.1 Antenna Unit (SF-170)
Power Supply:
100 to 240VAC
(L)198 x (W)54 x (H)34

(L)420 x (W)322.5 x (H)85 0.36 kg
7.4 kg
Fig. 2.1.2 Communication Unit (SF-270) Fig. 2.1.3 Handset (SF-870)
(L)230 x (W)89 x (H)37

0.24 kg
Fig. 2.1.4 Distress Alert Unit (SF-370)
2-1
2.1 Overview of FELCOM 70
2.1.2 Optional Supply

(W)401x (L)709 x (H)340
Power Supply
220 to 240VAC
(W)157 x (L)240x (H)98
Fig. 2.1.6 G3 Facsimile (FAX-8070P)

Fig. 2.1.5 Analogue telephone: FC755D1
(L)82 x (W)70 x (H)30 (L)50 x (W)40 x (H)14
Fig. 2.1.7 ISDN Wall Socket (102176) Fig. 2.1.8 Analog Wall Socket (OP16-10)
(L)170 x (W)200x (H)50

0.6 kg
Fig. 2.1.9 Connection box (QUFC911918) Fig. 2.1.10 Serial Printer: ML-280
Fig. 2.1.11 Step-up Transformer: OP16-25 Fig. 2.1.12 Terminal Adapter: QDGY911912
2-2
2.2 Antenna Unit (SF-170)

2.2.1 Antenna Structure
Helical-array Antenna
Helical element x15
Level cargo
(EL, Cross EL, AZ, Level)
El axis drive motor
(UGBTEH-5 10W 4P DC24V)
Level cargo drive motor Balancer

(4218S-19-02 0.32A)
HPA FAN
HPA Chassis
(HPA, PWR, HPA CONT)
GPS (GN79N)
Fig. 2.2.1 Antenna Unit with Radome Removed (1)
2-3
DIP Chassis
(LNA, Diplexer)
Cross EL axis drive motor

GPS ANT
T. Receiver
AZ axis drive motor
(5618S-01-10 1.0A)
PCU
Fig. 2.2.2 Antenna Unit with Radome Removed (2)
Fig. 2.2.3 Disassembling Antenna
2-4
EL Belt
These screws are used to adjust

EL motor belt tension.
El axis drive motor

Fig. 2.2.4 EL Motor
Cross-EL Belt

Cross-EL motor belt tension.
Cross-EL axis drive motor

Fig. 2.2.5 Cross-EL Motor
2-5
Rotary Joint
(DC - 12.4GHz) AZ Belt
Disk Retaining Screw

AZ motor belt tension.
AZ axis drive motor

(5618S-01-10 1.0A)
Fig. 2.2.6 Rotary Joint (1)
Rotary Joint fixing plate
N-type Antenna Connector
Cable gland for antenna cable
Drain Tube (x4)
Shock Absorber
Fig. 2.2.7 Rotary Joint (2)
2-6
These screws are used to adjust Level cargo motor belt tension.
Timing sprpcket
Fig. 2.2.8 Level Cargo
Level cargo belt
Level cargo stopper
Level cargo drive motor

(4218S-19-02)
Fig. 2.2.9 Mount Level Cargo
2-7
DIP Chassis Side
Antenna Side
Fig. 2.2.10 Connection between Antenna and DIP Chassis
Fig. 2.2.11 Shock Absorber
Fig. 2.2.12 Disassembled Shock Absorber
2-8
2.2.2 Antenna Unit
Level Platform p.c.b Assy

Stopper
Fig. 2.2.13 Level Cargo with cover removed
EL Sensor
(CRS03-01)
Level Sensor
(SP5006-A-006)
Cross-EL Sensor
AZ Sensor (CRS03-01)
(CRS03-01)
Fig. 2.2.14 Level Platform p.c.b Assy
2-9
Front
[RJ]: To Rotary Joint

[TX]: To DIP
To PCU
[GPS]: To GPS Power Switch

for Antenna unit
[T.R]: To T.Receiver Back
[LNA]: To DIP
GPS(GN79
Fig. 2.2.15 HPA Chassis Cover
HPA CONT (16P0202) PWR (16P0192)
HPA (16P0198)
Fig. 2.2.16 HPA Chassis with Cover Removed
2-10
R38 (27.5V ADJ.)
F1(5A, INPUT) Power Switch
TP8 (P6.5V) R25 (FRQ. ADJ, 70KHz)
TP10 (+12V)
R65 (+12V ADJ.)

PWR p.c.b
TP6 (+27.5V)
[PA OUT]
Temperature
HPA p.c.b
[PA IN]
+28V
Q2 (MRF282ZR1)
Q1 (MRF281ZR1) Q3 (PA, MRF18060A)
Fig. 2.2.17 HPA (16P0198) and PWR(16P0192) Board
2-11
CR510
CR509
CR506
CR505
CR508
CR507
CR13
R184
S501 (Dip SW)
S502 (Dip SW)
S503
R202
R203
JP508
JP507
JP506
JP505
Fig. 2.2.18 HPA CONT (16P0202) Board
2-12
Front
[TX]
DIP [LNA]
[ANT]
LNA
Back
Fig. 2.2.19 DIP Chassis
[TX]
[LNA]
Q3 (BFG480W)
Q2 (2SC5508)
Q11st (ME334S01) LNA IN
Fig. 2.2.20 LNA (16P0190) Board
2-13
GPS ANT
To HPA CONT
Fig. 2.2.21 GN79N
[T.R]
15.6MHz FER. OSC
Fig. 2.2.22 T.Receiver (16P0201) Board
2-14
Fig. 2.2.23 PCU with Cover Removed
2-15
2.3 Communication Unit (SF-270)
Modem unit Power unit
Cover Removed
Fig. 2.3.1 Communication Unit
NMEA(HDT, HDG, GGA, RMC) RS-232 (B): 9pin D-sub

** C.Loop ** Note) This port is disabled when RS-422 is used.
SILENCE
(Not used) Analog telephone
terminal (TEL1-4) RS-232(A): 9pin D-sub
ISDN terminal x4 [USB]
RS-422 terminal board [RJ45]

Note) - ISDN x4
This port is disabled -Analog telephone (TEL3, 4) x2
when RS-232(B) is used. Note) TEL3 and 4 are connected in parallel.
Fig. 2.3.2 Connection of Communication Unit
2-16
L-BAND Receiving Output

Power Switch SIM Card Slot
Power unit Modem unit
Cooling Fan
RF (Antenna) Connector
Power Indication LED Power Connector (+48V being applied)
(100 to 240 VAC)
Fig. 2.3.3 Communication Unit Rear view (1)
Power Fuse Socket (5A x2 pcs.) SIM Card Slot
Fig. 2.3.4 Communication Unit Rear view (2)
2-17
[WARRANTY SEAL]
）Removing this seal will avoid the warranty.
Note）
Not to disassemble Unit.
Fig. 2.3.5 Communication Unit Front View
Communication Unit mounting holes (D6 x 6)
Fig. 2.3.6 CU with Power and Modem Units Removed
EEPROM retaining
FW/RT ID
Status LEDs
Connector I/F board
Fig. 2.3.7 Connection Port Board
2-18
2.4 Accessories
2.4 Accessories
Microphone
Loudspeaker
Fig. 2.4.1 Handset: SF-870, Front
On/Off-Hook Magnet
Remove screws to
disassemble handset.
Microphone
Loudspeaker
Fig. 2.4.2 Handset, Rear View
2-19
2.4 Accessories
Connect with ISDN.

TB-1 and 2
Distress Alert Button
(Parallel Connection)
RJ45 Buzzer
(Connect with HANDSET)
Fig. 2.4.3 Distress Alert Unit (SF-370)
SW-1 and 2
When SW1 and SW2 are set to ON,
The Tx and Rx line are terminated with 100 ohms.
TX – RX: +38V
a1: TX+
b1: TX-
a2: RX+
b2: RX-
RJ-45 Sockets (Parallel Connection)
Fig. 2.4.4 ISDN Wall Socket (102176)
2-20
2.4 Accessories
Fig. 2.4.5 Analog Wall Socket: OP16-10
Buzzer activating voltage adjuster
Tone
Volume
Fig. 2.4.6 Buzzer for Analog Phone (KK-893-3977)
2-21
2.4 Accessories
J1 1
1
8
J2
J3
8 J4
17
10 J5 J1 - J6: RJ45
16 8
J6
25
TB1 TB2
Ground Terminal
2
1 3 J1
1
4
J2
J3
9
J4
10
J5
1 17
2
16
8
GND 25
24
TB1 TB2
Fig. 2.4.7 Connection box (QUFC911918)
2-22
Chapter 3. Set up
3.1 Installation of vtLite Marine
Before setting up
Before setting up the system, make sure that the system is configured
correctly.
1. MPDS communication uses RS-232(A), RS-232(B), USB, and RS-422 Ports, but not
ISDN port.
2. When the ISDN port is used for UDI communication, ISDN-RS232 or ISDN-USB
level converter is required.
3. Up to 7 ISDN devices can be operated.
4. Total cable length of ISDN bus is 100 m. (Only one bus from the Communication unit)
5. When the ISDN bus is longer than 10 m, the bus is terminated at the far end with
100-ohm resisters.
OK
(TX+ TX- RX+ RX-)

4 5 3 6
1
2 1
ON N
NG
RJ45 RJ45
8 1 8 1
Fig. 3.1.1 ISDN wall socket
ISDN bus termination

When longer than 10 m, the end of the ISDN bus must be terminated by two resistors as
shown below. Only one bus/termination per MCU. Be aware that only one ISDN cable
is permitted to be longer than 10 m.
RX+
TX+
TX - S-ENT
D
BU NO
E
DOMOV
RX - RE
Fig. 3.1.2 ISDN bus end plug
3-1

The vtLite Marine uses RS232(A)/(B), RS422 and USB ports.
To install vtLite Marine software onto the PC;
1. Open the CD which comes with FELCOM 70.

2. Open vtLite holder.
USB driver
Fig. 3.1.1 Fig. 3.1.2
3. Double-click setup.exe icon, and vtLite Marine setup display appears. Follow the
instructions on the screen.
1.Click OK.
Fig. 3.1.3 Set up screen (1)
3-2
3.Click here.
2.Select Directory.
4.Click Continue.
5.Click OK.
4. Open vtLite Marine holder, then double-click “furuno.bat” icon.

Furuno log mark is made on the vtLite Marine menu display.
3-3
3.1.1 Running vtLite Marine program

The PC communicates with the FELCOM 70 automatically when vtLite Marine
software runs. If nothing appears on the vtLite Marine screen, first, check that port
settings are as below (Configure -> port). After checking, click Save Settings in port
dialog box. Next, click Mode -> Terminal MMI.
Mode !
Terminal MMI Configure ! Port
MMI: Man Machine Interface
Fig. 3.1.8 vtLite Marine; Port setting
Table 3.1.1 Format parameter
Item Parameter Setting (default)

Port com1 to com8 Port in use e.g.)com1
Speed bps 115200, 57600, 38400, 19200, 9600, 4800, 2400 115200
Data 8,7, 6, 5, 4 8
Stop 1, 1.5, 2 1
Flow Ctrl No, Hw, Xon No
3-4
3.2 Installation of USB driver software

FELCOM 70 USB driver software is installed on the PC when the USB port on the PC
is used for MPDS, UDI, and vtLite Marine. To do so;
1. Copy “Up Usb4nera.inf” file in “USB driver” holder onto the PC from the CD.
2. Connect the PC to the communication unit with an USB cable. “Found New
Handware Wizard” display appears automatically.
3. Check “Install from a list or specific location [Advanced]” and click [NEXT]
button.
Fig. 3.2.1
4. Check “Include this location in the search” and specify the address which saved
“Usb4nera.inf” file.
5. Then, click NEXT button.
Specify the address.
Fig. 3.2.2
3-5
6. Click [Continue Anyway] to start installing USB driver software.
Fig. 3.2.3
7. Click [Finish] with “Click Finish to close the wizard” message.
Fig. 3.2.4
8. Select My computer -> Control panel -> Phone and Modem to make sure that
“Nera Generic USB Modem COX-X” is added in the list.
Fig. 3.2.5
3-6
3.3 Selecting ISDN Handset Mode: SF-870
3.3 Selecting ISDN Handset Mode: SF-870

There are two ISDN handset modes; Fleet and Normal. It recommends setting that the
handsets connected to the distress alert unit SF-370 for “Fleet” mode and other handsets
to “Normal” mode. The table below lists differences between two modes.
Table 3.3.1 Fleet/Normal Handset
Unit to which handset is

Fleet/Normal Operation
connected
Distress alert unit: SF-370 Selected to Fleet automatically All
Other unit Fleet or Normal Sat. Search, Active MSN, Priority
(Connected to ISDN port) (Manual selection) call and Ports settings disabled.
The following describes how to change the mode of the handset connected to the
ISDN port.
From Fleet to Normal

1. Unplug the handset from ISDN port.
2. While pressing and holding down DEL key, plug the handset into the ISDN port.
3. Release the hand from the DEL key when “Fleet RESET?” appears.
4. Press OK key.
From Normal to Fleet

1. Select “Reset to Fleet” from Normal handset menu.
2. Press OK button.
The date and time is

updated when making
a call.
Fig.3.3.1 Fleet/Normal Handset
3-7
RS--232(A)/(B) Port Setting
3.4 RS
3.4 RS-232(A)/(B) Port Setting

Serial ports, RS232(A) and RS232(B) are set through Serial “Ports” menu on the
handset to connect the PC for MPDS, UDI and vtLite Marine. “Speed,” “Format,” and
“Flow control” are set in the menu.
To show the port menu, select Menu -> Ports > port A(B).
Table 3.4.1 Port setting
Menu Default setting

Ports Driver Switch Speed Format Flow control
Port A
RS232 115200 d=8, p=none, s=1 rtc/cts
Port B＊
RS422
To set default;
Select Menu ->Ports -> Com Default
Port B Setting
The selection is made in “Driver Switch” menu, RS422 or RS232(B) port.
RS-232(B) port and PC settings are;
RS-232(B) port: Default settings
PC settings
Fig.3.4.1 Serial port
3-8
3.5 Protocol Setting
3.5 Protocol Setting

FELCOM 70 supports Euro ISDN (Factory default setting) and NI-1 protocols. If
“Protocol mismatch” message appears, check the protocol setting by using the
procedure below. Same protocol must be set on the INDS handsets, ISDN devices and
the communication unit. It recommends setting Euro protocol.
Handset protocol setting procedure

a) Fleet handset
Menu -> Phone set Up -> Protocol -> Euro-ISDN
b) Normal handset
Menu -> Protocol -> Euro-ISDN
Communication unit protocol setting procedure

While running vtLite Maine, select Menu -> Set access level -> “Owner level.”
Then, select Menu -> 9 -> 7 -> 1: ISDN configuration.
Protocol: Euro ISDN
Fig.3.5.1 Protocol Setting
Note)
Chang settings, “Date/Time element” and “Layer 2 Activation” when ISDN
device is not connected.
3-9
3.6 To Prepare System Setting

The system has two access level functions; User and Owner level
User level can be programming PIN code, and Owner level can be programming owner
password. To change from “User level” to “Owner level” is required Owner password.
For the setting procedure, refer to the FELCOM 70 operation manual.
The function of the “PIN code” and “Owner password” are as follows.
PIN cord
When turning on system, ISDN handset and vtLite Marine screen appears to indication
that demands the PIN code. If it does not input the PIN code, ISDN handset and vtLite
Marine, it is not possible operation.
Owner password
When changing Owner level, you can access menu as below.
For example,
- Menu -> 91: Access control menu,
-> 93: Software update prep.,
-> 97: Configuration menu,
-> 99: Customization menu
- Device Manager menu
3.6.1 Set access level

To switch Set access level between Owner and User levels;
1. Run vtLite Marine.
2. Select Menu -> 2: Set access level.
3. Click Owner button.
4. Enter a password to change the access level from “User” to “Owner” level, or type
1234567890 (Default), followed by [Enter] key.
[1][2][3][4][5][6][7][8][9][0][Enter]
Owner button
Fig. 3.6.1
5. To change the access level from “Owner” to “User,” click User button in 2: Set
access level menu.
3-10
3.6.2 Deleting PIN Code
To delete PIN code;

1. With “Phone PIN:-” message at power-on, press [*] and then type “owner password”.
For example, if the default password is used, type [*][1][2][3][4][5][6][7][8][9][0]
and then press [Enter] key.
[*][1][2][3][4][5][6][7][8][9][0][Enter]
Fig. 3.6.2
2. Confirm that the access level is selected to “User” level. (Menu -> 2.Set access
level)
3. Click Edit, and “Edit phone PIN” display appears.
4. With the cursor on New PIN line, press [Enter] key. “Retype New PIN” line appears
with the cursor.
Fig. 3.6.3
5. Press [Enter] key. “Disable Phone PIN?” prompt appears.

6. Click Yes. The PIN is reset to 1234 (default).
Fig. 3.6.4
3-11
3.6.3 Deleting Owner Password

The owner password (Default:1234567890) cannot be deleted. When you forget the
password you have entered, you can not access some setting menu on the vtLite Marine.
It recommends the owner password unchanged.
3-12
3.7 ID Setting
3.7 ID Setting
3.7.1 Opening Device Manager (Owner level access)
To open Device Manager, select “Device Manager” in Configure menu. Setting in
Device Manager menu is performed in owner level access. See page 3-11.
“New ISDN” and

“Refresh” buttons.
.! : Missing handset
Fig. 3.7.1 Device Manager (Owner level access)
Menu Operation
To open a menu, move the pointer onto a desired line in “Dedicated Handset” and
“Analog Telephony Ports” boxes, then right-click. ISDN Setup wizard is opened by
left-clicking New ISDN button. Left-clicking open Serial port setup editor.
[New ISDN]
(Left-click)
“Handset Configuration”
(Right-click)
“Change Port setting”
(Right-click)
…
(Left-click)
Fig. 3.7.2 Device Manager (Owner level access)
3-13
____________________________________________________________________ 3.7 ID Setting
Table 3.7.1 Terminal ID and MSN number

＊: Preprogrammed
Analogue port ISDN Ports ISDN/RS232/USB Port
FAX 56k Data 64k Data
4.8k speech 4.8kbps speech 64kbps speech 3.1k Audio
(9.6k FIU) (UDI) (UDI/G4 Fax)
Port ID MSN ID MSN ID MSN ID MSN ID MSN ID MSN ID MSN
TEL 1 03* 01* 12 41 01* 20* 91* 30* 62* 41* 71* 50* 51* 60*
TEL 2 04* 02* 1x 4x 0x 21 92 31 6x 42 72 51 52* 61*
TEL 3 02* 03* 1x 4x 0x 22 93 32 6x 43 73 52 53* 62*
FAX (FIU) 1x 4x 0x 23 94 33 6x 44 74 53 54* 63*
TEL 4 11* 04* 1x 4x 0x 24 95 34 6x 45 75 54 55 64
1x 4x 0x 25 96 35 6x 46 76 55 56 65
1x 4x 0x 26 97 36 6x 47 77 56 57 66
1x 4x 0x 27 98 37 6x 48 78 57 58 67
1x 4x 0x 28 99 38 6x 49 79 58 59 68
01/20 91/30 51/60: ISDN
First HS connected First HS connected 3.1k/64kbps Audio 52/61: RS232(A)
via Distress Alert via Distress Alert service 53/62: RS232(B)
Unit Unit 54/63: USB
- MSN：Multiple Subscriber Number

The extension number that connected equipment responds to. The MES contains a routing table with Terminal ID’s and
corresponding MSN’s. Correct setting of MSN is important to make internal calls and reach one specific subscriber.
- ID：OID/DID (Originating and Destination ID)

The Net service provider issues the terminal ID including OID and DID. If the Net service provider does not specify which
Terminal ID should be used with the various IMN numbers, select Terminal ID No.“01” for the first 4.8kbps telephone, then
No.“02" for the second phone. Use the same principle for the other type services. It is advisable to write down the selections.
- Setting for MPDS is not necessary.
3-14
3.7 ID Setting
Table 3.7.2 IMN for each Fleet77 service
Service IMN Bit Rate

4.8k speech 76xxxxxxx 4.8 kbps
64kbps speech 60xxxxxxx 64 kbps
3.1k Audio (G3 FAX) 60xxxxxxx 64 kbps
FAX (9.6k FIU) 76xxxxxxx 9.6 kbps
56k Data (UDI) 60xxxxxxx 64 kbps
64k Data (UDI) 60xxxxxxx 64 kbps
MPDS 60xxxxxxx 64 kbps
Table 3.7.3 Terminal ID group list
Term. Id Service INMARSAT Service

01-0F Voice B: 16.8k, M: 4.8k, mini-M: 4.8k, F77/F55/F33: 4.8k Speech
11-1F FAX B: 9.6k, M:2.4k, mini-M: 2.4k, F77/F55/F33: 9.6k
21-2F ADS B: 9.6k, M:2.4k, mini-M: 2.4k, F33: 9.6k
31-3F Telex B
41-4F HSD B
51-5F 64k Data GAN/F77/F55 G4 FAX
61-6F 3.1kHz Audio GAN/F77/F55
91-9F 64k Speech GAN/F77/F55
Table 3.7.4 MSN Numbers
Port
Service
TEL1-4 ISDN USB/RS232/RS-422
4.8kbps Speech MSN 20 - 28
3.1k Audio MSN 40 - 48
MSN 01 - 04 N/A
64kbps Speech MSN 30 - 38
9.6kbps FAX MSN 40 - 48
9.6kbps Data N/A MSN 60 - 68
64kbps Data N/A MSN 60 - 68 MSN 60 - 68
56kbps Data MSN 50 - 58 MSN 50 - 58
3-15
3.7 ID Setting
Table 3.7.5 Example of IMN and Id/MSN assignment
IMN Service Terminal Id MSN Port
760011920 9.6kHz FAX 11* 04* TEL4 (Teminal/RJ-45)

600002038 64k Speech 91* 30* ISDN: Dist. Box (Handset)
600002039 Data 56k 71* 50* ISDN, USB, RS232(A)/(B)
600002046 3.1k Audio 62* 41* ISDN
600002047 3.1k Audio 63 42 ISDN
600002048 3.1k Audio 64 43 ISDN
600002049 64k Speech 92 31 ISDN
600002050 64k Speech 93 32 ISDN
600002051 64k Speech 94 33 ISDN
A1
600002055 MPDS - USB, RS232(A)/(B)
(No configuration)
760011916 DTLP 4.8k speech 01* 20* ISDN: Dist. Box (Handset)
760011917 DTLP 4.8k speech 02* 03* TEL3 (Teminal/RJ-45)
760011918 DTLP 4.8k speech 03* 01* TEL1
760011919 DTLP 4.8k speech 04* 02* TEL2
*Default settings
Note)
The youngest IMN number is assigned to the youngest terminal number, the second
young IMS number the second young terminal number, and so on. The handset
connected to the distress alert unit should have Id:01/MSN:20 for 4.8k Speech and
Id:91/MSN:30 for 64k Speech .
3-16
3.7 ID Setting
Information from Net service provider

1. MOCOS JAPAN
- DATA64 : 64k UDI(Unrestricted Digital Information))

- IPDSDATA : MPDS(Mobile Packet Data Service)
- AUDIO31 : 3.1k Audio(G3 FAX)
- DTLP4.8 : 4.8k Speech(Analog Tel)
3-17
3.7 ID Setting
2.Singapore Telecommunications Limited
Stl'!g~ponlTe~comnu:~nrcattcms.. Llmftac
~SingTel
Setltos.a;CtJ~OmE!tSM\IieetC~ntra
15,Hilt'Stte$l
#O$oGCI·J;"~~p,hone~:Hovse 1
Singap*m'1]1l352
•_ 1~ cc;.(S5}4Stt623i
F11 11481' 72:14
er1'1alf!;:~entgsar;.m@JI!jgtet:com
~.!eAt_·_·
f7:H~·
... •• ..·e.:-
_ ·,_·_.:_. ·JLE
Date~ 21 August 2003 No·,·~!a.~ag.e~rG~n'?:ludi~g·.·tbls····page}~:l
To: tllla!i F:li{}mr~ I
~-
Sentosa.Custome·r'Serviee:Centie
Fax.: Tel ! ·Cltlf)Qi)1!6~4'·lL5~·3.33
Fax: Te.I; (oSJ<l'4!82i~J.40
Eear S.ir~
Reference to Y()~t.iijQ'tteS1; the activations for FLEET 77 and I.nmarsat-C tennina[s:Ilad.:· be
on 21 August ZO.Os:~
VESSEL T_._·A_ ·.oP_TI

s_ •.. M_-ANA/9VAR2
MMSI 563 000
MIC G81
F77
ISN: 66EB01 E3C9C3
In1narsat Mobile ids:
1st VOICE (4.8kbits) AUDIO (lJkhz) 600{}190

2lld V0 JCE (4~8kbits:)
FAX (7DFax9~6)
DATA (64kbits)
lPDS
Sorry_ tn iurorm t!tatyour _r!:q;u est for 2.4ktiits ~ax. ~s not su~por:te~~r
Instead we. provide you~dtli lfAX 7DFAX!~6;;\Y.lticlit:.is.s.u:p.pt1rteillfoJ<:tieabo~e term!
INNI:AR'S~1'M~'
tmmarsat~c Telex. rf;~~ la~ :;4a§}' ~-: 10;1'~.\ail).i<:;)J?Jl
S~ti~itMo :.35ft~ ;17
J~m~~;at~c Telex .2ft« ift! :. 4@6: a t1!,1' ailtr OPTI

SenatN.o :35i1: ·20
!'~ir~urtber clalification, ple.ase' ea)l Sen·tosa CustQm.ev Se:rviee Centre @ tel,(6S) ·()4ft693:
. Best~~r,d;s..
~ana
Senior Custom,er Service Officer
.lll"'ii........................ ,.
3-18
3.7 ID Setting
3.7.2 ID and MSN Setting
1. Dedicated Handset
ISDN Handset will automatically be configured with Handset Ids and MSNs in the
Device Manager. The first ISDN Handset connected to the Distress Alert unit will be
given terminal Id: 01/MSN: 20 (For 4.8 speech) and Id: 91/MSN: 30 (for 64k speech),
and automatically constitute a distress handset. The next ISDN Handset will be the next
available Ids and MSNs.
Open the device manager, right-clicking a Dedicated Handset, and then clicking
Handset Configuration starts the Handset Setup Wizard.
Fig. 3.7.3 Handset Config Menu
Table 3.7.6 ISDN Handset Setting Menu
Menu Service Terminal id (hx) MSN Attributes

Name/Location
4.8k Require Access Code per call [ON/OFF check]
0x 2x
Handset Speech Professional Priority Service [ON/OFF check]
Config. 64k Require Access Code per call [ON/OFF check]
9x 3x
Speech Professional Priority Service [ON/OFF check]
Test Used to test the handset. When the communication unit recognizes the handset, the handset
Handset beeps once.
Used to test the handset connected to the Distress Alert unit When the handset works
Test
normally the buzzer in the Distress Alert unit activates and “The distress buzzer should now
buzzer*
sound-press OK to end the test.” message appears.
*Reference) Testing from ISDN handset; Menu -> Priority call -> Test Buzzer
3-19
3.7 ID Setting
Attributes
- Require Access Code per call
When checked, an access code must be enter at every call. To this function, set the
access code and select “Enabled” in Access code menu (Menu ->912).
- Professional Priority Service

Special agreement with the Net Provider, provides higher priority communication in
the Inmarset system.
To erase “!” from Dedicated Handsets box.
A triangle symbol ! appears in the Device Manager when a handset is missing. To

delete symbol, select “Restore Factory Default” in Device menu. All terminal Id and
MSN numbers will be default.
Device!
Restore Factory Default
Fig. 3.7.4
3-20
3.7 ID Setting
2. Analog Telephony Port

In Analog port setup window, select a required service;
a) 4.8k Speech
b) 64k Speech(PCM)
c) 3.1k Audio(Fax)
d) 9.6k FIU Fax
Then, enter terminal Id (OID/DID) assigned from the Net Provider.
Table 3.7.7 Analog port setting
Service Terminal id (hx) MSN Attributes

Echo Cancellation [ON/OFF check]
Require Access Code per call [ON/OFF check]
4.8k Speech 0x 0x
Professional Priority Service [ON/OFF check]
Apply charge tone [ON/OFF check]
64k Speech 9x 0x Require Access Code per call [ON/OFF check]
3.1k Audio 6x 0x Echo Cancellation [ON/OFF check]
Fax 1x 0x -
Attributes
- Require Access Code per call / Professional priority Service
See page 3-20.
- Echo Cancellation
Echo cancellation is performed automatically for voice calls.
-Apply charge tone
When checked, a tone is generated, indicating that the charge is applied to 4.8k
speech call. To activate this feature, select “Enable” in Menu -> 912, and to tone
setting select Menu -> 978.
ex)4.8k Speech
Fig. 3.7.5
3-21
3.7 ID Setting
3. ISDN Ports
Open device manager and right-click to open ISDN Setup Wizard and select the
required service;
- 4.8kbps speech
- 64kbps speech
- 3.1k Audio
- 56kbps data (V110)
- 64kbps data (UDI)
Analogue telephone and fax(G3 FAX) are connected to ISDN port via the terminal
adapter(QDGY911912). The terminal adapter settings see page 3-42.
Fig. 3.7.6 ISDN port connect
ex)4.8k Speech
Fig. 3.7.7
3-22
3.7 ID Setting
Table 3.7.8 ISDN Port setting
Service Terminal id (hx) MSN Attributes

Require Access Code per call [ON/OFF check]
4.8k Speech 0x 2x
Apply charge tone [ON/OFF check]
64k Speech 9x 3x Require Access Code per call [ON/OFF check]
3.1k Audio 6x 4x Echo Cancellation [ON/OFF check]
56k Data (V.110) 7x 5x ―
64k data (UDI) 5x 6x ―
Fax (9.6k FIU) 1x 4x ―
Attributes
- Require Access Code per call / Professional priority Service
- Echo Cancellation
-Apply charge tone
See page 3-21.
3-23
3.7 ID Setting
4. Serial Ports
A PC for UDI and MPDS communications is connected to the Serial port. When RS232
(B) port is used, select Handset Menu -> Port -> Driver switch -> port B -> RS232.
ID and MSN number are changed one digit at a time. If cleared all digits, error message,
“Out of rang” for ID input and “Must be numeric” for MSN input appear.
Table 3.7.9 Serial port setting
Ports Service Terminal id (hx) MSN

54k Data (UDI) 7x 5x
RS232 (A)
RS232 (B)
USB
Fig.3.7.8
Note1)
Id and MSN setting for MPDS communication is not necessary.
Note2)
Difference between MPDS and DUI communications is only dialing number for
different connecting point.
- MPDS: **94#
- UDI : 28 (Net provider number Phone number)
3-24
3.7 ID Setting
3.7.3 Saving and Loading ID/MSN

Device menu includes “Save Config to a file” and “Load Config from a file” menus.
Settings are saved on and loaded from the PC through these menus.
｢Devices｣!
“Save Config to a file”
“Load Config from a file”
Fig.3.7.9
3.7.4 Printing ID/MSN

ID and MSN settings is printed out by selecting [Devices] -> Print summary -> Printout
Viewer, and [File] -> “Print.”
[Devices]
“Printout Viewer”
Fig. 3.7.10 Printout Viewer
3-25
3.7 ID Setting
Example of printed out 1D/MSN settings

Modem configuration
ID = 02 MSN 03
Service 4.8K Speech on Tel 3
Attributes: Stu incapable EchoCancel ON Access codes apply No Charge Tone
ID = 03 MSN 01
ID = 04 MSN 02
ID = 05 MSN 21
Service 4.8K Speech on the ISDN interface
Attributes: Stu incapable EchoCancel ON Access codes surpressed No Charge Tone
Handset Name = HSE385
ID = 06 MSN 22
Service 4.8K Speech on the ISDN interface
Handset Name = HS0101
ID = 11 MSN 04
Service Fax on Tel 4
Attributes:
ID = 12 MSN 41
Service Fax on the ISDN interface
Attributes:
ID = 51 MSN 60
Service 64K data (UDI) on the ISDN interface
Attributes:
ID = 52 MSN 61
Service 64K data (UDI) on the RS232(A) interface
Attributes:
ID = 53 MSN 62
Service 64K data (UDI) on the RS232(B) interface
Attributes:
ID = 54 MSN 63
Service 64K data (UDI) on the USB interface
Attributes:
3-26
3.7 ID Setting
ID = 62 MSN 42
Service 3.1KHz Audio on the ISDN interface
Attributes: EchoCancel ON Access codes apply No Charge Tone
ID = 71 MSN 50
Service 56K Data (V110) on the ISDN interface
Attributes:
ID = 92 MSN 31
Service 64K Speech on the ISDN interface
Attributes: EchoCancel ON Access codes surpressed No Charge Tone
Handset Name = HSE385
ID = 93 MSN 32
Service 64K Speech on the ISDN interface
Attributes: EchoCancel ON Access codes apply No Charge Tone
Handset Name = HS0101
--- complete
3-27
3.7 ID Setting
3.7.5 How to activate terminals when receiving a call

For example, when the receiving a call of the phone/Fax, notifies by the Incoming
indicator unit at another places, or the terminals activate.
How to activate terminals when receiving a call;
1. The analog port can connect to each port up to the two terminals in parallel.
2. In the terminal between the different ports, the MSN sets the same number in
vtLite Martine-device manager.
Note) When the analog phone/Fax is connected to the ISDN port, it connects via the
terminal adapter：QDGY911912.
Connection and Id/MSN example of the setting

1. The analog port can accept parallel connections up to the two terminals.
For example, the connection and the Id/MSN setting is shown as below. The
telephone service assumes 4.8k speech and Fax is 9.6k FIU.
Table 3.7.10
Analog terminal
TEL-port ID MSN
device
1 Terminal 03 01 TEL-1 x2
Incoming indicator unit

2 Terminal 04 02
for TEL-2 and TEL-2
RJ45 TEL-3
3 02 03
Terminal TEL-3
RJ45 G3 FAX
4 11 04 Incoming indicator unit
Terminal
Fig. 3.7.11 for G3 FAX
2. When the receiving a call, the MSN sets the same number in order to activate
terminal devices in the terminal between the different ports.
Table 3.7.11
Analog terminal
TEL-port ID MSN
device
1 Terminal 03 01 TEL-1
2 Terminal 04 01
for TEL-1
RJ45 TEL-2
3 02 03
Terminal TEL-2
RJ45 G3 FAX
4 11 04 Incoming indicator unit
Terminal
for G3 FAX
Fig. 3.7.12
3-28
3.7 ID Setting
3. The analog terminal device connect to ISDN port with T.A.: Terminal Adapter unit.
When the receiving a call, the MSN sets the same number in order to activate
terminal devices in the terminal between the different ports.
Fig. 3.7.13
Table 3.7.12
T.A setting
Port ID MSN Analog terminal device
Service
MSN
type
1 Terminal 03 01 - - TEL-1
Incoming indicator unit for
2 Terminal 04 01 - -
TEL-1
RJ45 TEL-2
TEL 3 02 03 - -
Terminal TEL-2
RJ45 G3 FAX
4 11 04 - - Incoming indicator unit for G3
Terminal
FAX
05 01 2 :TEL 01
T.A.Note) TEL1 port: TEL-1
RJ45
ISDN 06 03 2: TEL 03
T.A.Note) TEL2 port: TEL-2
01 20 - - No.1 ISDN Handset
Terminal
91 30 - - (Connected Distress Alert unit)
Note)
The T.A. setting is necessary to use, which is a service (TEL or FAX) of the connection
port with the T.A. and the MSN. See page 3-42.
3-29
3.7 ID Setting
Example of installation
The Incoming indicator units install at “Deck” and “Ship’s Office” places. When
receiving a call of FAX or phone, it notifies each call at that place.
Fig. 3.7.14
Table 3.7.13
T.A setting
Port Id MSN Analog terminal device
Service type MSN
1 Terminal 03 01 - - No.2 TEL
for G3 FAX x2
TEL
for No.2 TEL x2
4 Terminal 11 04 - - G3 FAX
2:TEL 20
T.A.Note) TEL1 port: No.1 TEL*
RJ45
Incoming indicator unit for T.A.
ISDN 01 20 2:TEL 20 Note)
TEL2 port: No.1 TEL*
No.1 TEL: ISDN Handset
Terminal - -
(Connected Distress Alert unit)
Note)
The T.A. setting is necessary to use, which is a service (TEL or FAX) of the connection
port with the T.A. and the MSN. See page 3-42.
Reference)
Menu 47: Massage indication setting “Enable”. It is displayed the following indication
in handset when 3.1k Audio or 64k data receive a call.
- F2M data call - F2M fax call
3-30
3.8 NMEA-0183 input source
3.8 NMEA-0183 input source

The internal GPS located in the antenna will always be used as the primary source. If
the primary source is not GPS signal, the external GPS input will be used. (if enabled)
NMEA-0183 input is not required for operation of FELCOM 70.
The MMEA-0183 (ver. 3.00) input is a 4 – 15V current loop interface located on the
connector panel of communication unit.
- Baud rate : 4800

- Data bits :8
- Parity : none
- Stop bit :1
- Sentence : GGA, RMC, HDT, HDG
External NMEA is activated from the ISDN handset.

Menu -> Ports -> NMEA Port -> “Enable”
SILENCE
TEL 1
TEL 3
NMEA
NMEA
IND
SW
TEL 2
TEL-4
RX
RX
TX
TX
RS-422
Fig. 3.8.1 NMEA port
3-31
3.9 Output of the Broad band (DGPS)
3.9 Output of the Broad band (DGPS)

The L-Band DGPS receiver connect to the Broad band (DGPS) connecter in the rear
panel of a communication unit. Output is more than −90dBm , 1542+17MHz.
When not connecting the receiver, connect the attached 50-ohm dummy load.
Broad band (DGPS)
Fig. 3.9.1 rear panel of a communication unit
The Broad band (DGPS) output is normally “OFF.”
MENU ! 977: RxL-Band Setup, and set to “ON.”
Off -> On
Fig. 3.9.2 Menu ->977
3-32
3.10 Serial Printer Setting

The serial printer prints out communication log.
3.10.1 Connection
The printer is connected to either RS-232 (A) or RS-232 (B) with 9-25pin D-sub serial
cable. The maximum cable length is 50 feet.
Fig.3.10.1 9-25pin Serial cable wiring
3.10.2 DIP Switch

DIP Switches locate under the small cover. To gain access to the DIP switch cover,
remove the roll paper stand.
DIP Switch cover Serial I/F board
Internal SW 1
SW 2
Serial port (above) DIP SW
Parallel port (below, not used)
Fig.3.10.2 Dip Switch
3-33
1) DIP Switch on Main board
Table 3.10.1 Main board “DIP SW” Settings
DIP SW Setting Function

Character set
1 OFF c/¥ ON: o/O
OFF: c/¥
Default character pitch
2 OFF 10CPI ON: 17.1CPI
OFF: 10CPI
Automatic line feed
3 OFF OFF ON: ON
OFF: OFF
Paper length
Selection SW-#4 SW-#5
11 2/3 inches OFF OFF
4 ON 8.5 inches OFF ON
12 inches
11 inches ON OFF
12 inches ON ON
5 ON
Automatic skip
6 OFF Skip OFF ON: Automatic skip
OFF: Skip OFF
Character set
7 ON Set-II ON: set-II
OFF: set-I
Stand/Feeder section
8 OFF Paper stand ON: Cut-sheet feeder
OFF: Paper stand
3-34
2) DIP SW on Serial I/F Board

Table 3.10.2 “DIP SW” Settings Serial I/F board
DIP SW Setting Function

Parity
1 ON Selection SW-#1 SW-#2
Odd ON OFF
No Parity
Even OFF OFF
2 ON No Parity ON/OFF ON
Data bit
3 ON 8 bit ON: 8 bit
OFF: 7 bit
Printer Protocol
SW 1 4 ON Ready/Busy ON: Ready/Busy
OFF: XON/XOFF
TEST
5 ON Selection SW-#5 SW-#6
Print Mode ON/OFF ON
Print Mode
Circuit Test ON OFF
Monitor Test OFF OFF
6 ON
7 ON When you select printer protocol, Ready/Busy (Switch 4

Busy Line
is ON), you can choose the line on which the printer sends
8 OFF RTS (-9 V) pin4
a busy signal and the polarity of the signal (low or high.)
Tx Speed (baud rate)
1 ON
Selection SW-#1 SW-#2 SW-#3
19200 ON ON ON
9600 OFF ON ON
4800 4800 ON OFF ON
2 OFF
2400 OFF OFF ON
1200 ON ON OFF
600 OFF ON OFF
300 ON OFF OFF
3 ON 110 OFF OFF OFF
SW 2 Connection of DSR line

4 ON DSR connected ON: DSR connected
OFF: DSR Not connected
Buff Threshold
5 ON 32 bytes ON: 32bytes
OFF: 256bytes
Busy time
6 ON 200 ms ON: 200 ms
OFF: 1 s
DTR signal setting
7 ON H at Power On ON: H at Power On
OFF: H when selected
8 OFF - Not used
3-35
3.10.3 Configuration via vtLite Marine

Communication log is printed out at every call. To do so;
1. Set Access level to “Owner.”
2. Open log menu, and then place the cursor over “Logging mode.”
3. Click Edit.
Fig. 3.10.3
4. In Logging mode list, select either “Automatic printing to RS-232(A)” or

“Automatic printing to RS-232(B)”. “Auto RS-232 A” or “Auto RS-232 B” appears
in logging mode box.
Communication speed on the selected port is set to 4,800bps

automatically.
Traffic log menu is added to “Information” menu of Handset menu. To print the log list,
select Menu -> Information -> “Traffic log” on the handset and then click OK. “Dump
trf.log” appears. Click OK again to start printing.
Fig.3.10.4 E.x. for Printing
3-36
3.10.4 Serial Printer Test

Following describes how to test the serial printer.
1) To print ASCII character, turn on the printer while holding down [SELECT] and
[LINE FEED] buttons. The printer prints the characters as below. To stop the test,
press [SELECT] button.
Fig. 3.10.5 E.x.for Printing
HEX-dump mode test

The printer can be tested in HEX-dump mode. To do so, turn on the printer while
holding down [SELECT] and [FORM FEED] buttons. To escape from this mode, turn
off the printer and on it again.
Fig. 3.10.6 E.x.for Printing
3-37
2) Printer Port Test

Using a PC with Hyper Terminal, the output of the printer port on the communication
unit is tested by following the steps below.
1. Run Hyper Terminal on the PC. (Program -> Accessary -> Communicate).
2. Enter the name for new connection and then click OK.
3. Select “File,” then Properties from the menu bar, and New Connection Properties
window will open.
Fig. 3.10.7
4. Click on the arrow for the Connect Using drop down box.
5. Select “COM1”.
6. Click OK.
7. Set “COM1” port as below.
- Bit per second : 4800 -Stop bit :1
- Data bits :8 -Flow control : None
- Parity : None
8. Type AT, followed by [Enter] key with a blank terminal window. If the PC
communicates with the Communication unit normally, the Communication unit reply
with OK.
Fig. 3.10.8
3-38
9. On the ISDN handset, select Menu -> Information -> “Traffic log” and press OK.
Make sure that “Dump trf.log” message appears on the ISDN handset, and then press
OK. If the traffic log list is displayed in the Hyperterminal window as shown in
figure below, the port works normally.
Fig. 3.10.9
3-39
3.10.5 Connecting a PC to Serial printer port

When a PC is connected to the serial printer port for 64kbps Mobile Data Service (UDI)
and Mobile Packet Data Service (MPDS), transmission speed of the printer port is
changed to “115,200 bps” as below.
1. Referring Section-3.10.3, set Logging mode to other than “Automatic printing to

RS-232 A” or “Automatic printing to RS232 B.”
2. On the ISDN handset, select Menu -> Serial ports -> Port A (B) -> Speed.
3. Set the speed to 115,200 bps and then press OK button.
When running vtLite Marine from the printer port, set the baud rate to 4800 bps:
[Configure menu] -> Port Speed -> “4800” in vtLite Marine window.
Connection of serial printer
UDI or MPDS operation
Fig.3.10.10 Rate of RS232 Port
3-40
3.11 Windows Printer Setting
3.11 Windows Printer Setting

A windows printer can be connected to the PC with the following setting.
1. Make sure that the printer driver is install on the PC.

2. Select [Configure] menu -> Print handing in vtLite Marine window.
3. Select the “printer type” in the Printer settings box.
Select the printer.
Fig. 3.11.1 Windows printer setting
To start printing, use Print button in Log menu of vtLite Marine.
3-41
3.12 Terminal Adapter (QDGY911912) Setting
3.12 Terminal Adapter (QDGY911912) Setting

The terminal adapter, QDGY911912 is used to connect analog devices to the ISDN port.
The analog device supports 4.8k Speech, 3.1k Audio and 9.6kbps fax.
All programming of the terminal adapter is done with analogue telephone/fax connected
to the one to be programmed (except PIN code which can be programmed from any
port).
- Command sequence: [*][Command][*][parameter][#]
- When the setting command is accepted, generated long beep sound: “Pi-, Pi --”
from telephone handset.
- When the setting command is not accepted, generated trill beep sound: “Piro-,
Piro - ” from telephone handset.
To set the terminal adapter;

1. Set Terminal ID and MSN, using “Device manager” in [configuration] menu of
vtLite Marine
2. Set the five-digit PIN code. For example, to change PIN code from “00000” to
“01234,” press [*][9][0][*][0][0][0][0][0][*][0][1][2][3][4][#] on the terminal
device. The PIN setting can be made on any terminal device.
3. Assign MSN to Terminal Adapter port. To do so, use the following key strokes on
each terminal unit.
MSN=40 (9.6kbps fax) : [*][0][1][*][0][1][2][3][4][*][4][0][#]

MSN=21 (4.8k Speech) : [*][0][1][*][0][1][2][3][4][*][2][1][#]
4. Set service type onto Terminal Adapter, using the following key stroke.
G3 FAX (Type: 4) : [*][0][4][*][0][1][2][3][4][*][4][#]

Analog telephone, Modem (Type: 2) : [*][0][4][*][0][1][2][3][4][*][2][#]
Fig. 3.12.1 Terminal adapter connection
Note)
It is imperative that you remember your newly configured PIN. It recommend writing it
down and storing it in a safe place. Should you forget your PIN, you will be unable to
change any settings.
3-42
3.13 Analog Telephone (FC755D1) setting
3.13 Analog Telephone (FC755D1) setting

The telephone FC755D1 is factory-set to pulse telephone system, so it must be changed
to push button (PB) dialing system by using the steps below.
1. Use the tip of a pen or other pointed object to remove the plastic cover.
2. Remove the memo sheet.
Fig. 3.13.1 Analog telephone, FC755D1
3. Set #1 of DIP switch to ON. (#2 to #4 remains unchanged; OFF position)
Side-tone
回側ベ
Line type
線音 Bell
ル off
オ
フ
PB S
ON
OFF
DP L
Fig.3.13.2 DIP Switch on analog telephone setting
4. Put the sheet and the cover back.
3-43
3.14 Fax (FAX-8070P) Setting

3.14.1 Menu Tree
The Menu Set and Navigation keys are used for menu operation. The numeric keys are
used instead of Navigation keys.
Stop/Exit
Report
Navigation key
（Menu Set button at center）
Receive Mode
Fig. 3.14.1 Fax (FAX-8070P) setting

Table 3.14.1 Menu tree (1/3)
Main Sub Menu

Options Descriptions
Menu Menu Selections
Enter date and time for LCD display and to print on
1. Date/Time -- --
transmissions.
Program the name and fax number to appear on
2. Station ID -- --
each transmitted page.
High
Med
1. Ring Adjusts ring volume.
Low
Off
High
3. Volume 2. Beeper Low Adjusts beeper volume.
Off
High
Med
3. Speaker Adjusts speaker volume.
Low
Off
1. General
ON Turn on if this function if the machine is connected
setup 4. PBX --
OFF to PABX (private automatic Branch Exchange.)
5. Clock Adjust the machine’s clock by one hour for summer
-- --
change / winter time.
ON
6. Toner save -- Increase life of toner cartridge.
OFF
ON
7. Power save -- Power save mode.
OFF
Set the time before the machine drops into sleep
8. Sleep mode -- --
mode.
TONE
9. Tone/Pulse -- Select the dialing mode.
PULS
CZECH
0. Local HUNGARIAN
-- Allows you to change the LCD language.
Language POLISH
ENGLISH
3-44
Main Sub Menu

04
1. Ring 03 Number of rings before the machine answers in
delay 02 Fax/Tel (F/T) or Fax Mode.
01
70
2. F/T ring 40 Sets the time for “F/T pseudo-ring” in Fax/Tel
time 30 (F/T) Mode.
20
3. Fax ON Receive fax messages without pressing the Fax
detect OFF Start key.
1. Setup receive 4. Remote ON(*51. #51) Activate or deactivate the machine from a remote
code OFF location. You can also personalize these codes.
5. Auto ON
Reduces size of image.
reduction OFF
6. MEM. ON Automatically stores any incoming faxes in its
receiver OFF memory if it runs out of paper.
7. Print
==== Adjusts printing to be lighter or darker.
2. FAX density
STANDERD
8. Polling You call another fax machine to receive a fax
SECURE
RX from it.
TIMER
AUTO
Change the lightness or darkness of a fax you are
1. Contrast LIGTH
sending.
DARK
STANDERD
2. FAX FINE
S.FINE Changes the default setting of fax resolution.
resolution
2. Setup send PHOTO
3. Timer -- Set the machine to send your documents later.
(Cont’d) ON Sends all delayed faxes that are to the same fax
4. Bach Tx
OFF number and at the same time as one transmission.
NEXT FAX ONLY
5. Real ON When memory is full, you can send faxes in real
Time Tx OFF time.
STANDERD Set Polled Transmission for someone to poll the
6. Polled Tx SECURE machine to receive a fax from you.
3-45
Main Sub Menu

NEXT FAX ONLY
ON
7. Cover page OFF Automatically sends a programmable cover page or
setup
PRINT prints a sample cover page.
2. Setup SAMPLE
send 8. Cover page
-- Program a customized message for fax cover page.
note
ON
9. Overseas mode Special setting for international transmissions.
OFF
1. One-touch dial Stores dial numbers in memory so as to dial them
(For FAX8070P --
Only) by pressing only one key.
3. Set 2. Speed dial Stores dial numbers in memory so as to dial them
(1.Speed dial for --
quick-dial MFC9070)
by pressing only four keys.
3. Setup groups
(2.Setup groups for -- Set up a Group for broadcasting.
MFC-9070)
ON
ON+IMAGE
2.FAX 1. Xmit report
OFF
4. Report OFF+IMAGE Initial setup for Transmission Verification Report
setting 2/4/7 days and Journal period.
1/3/6/12/24
2. Journal period Hours
OFF
ON
1. FAX FWD Set the machine to forward faxes.
OFF
ON Store incoming faxes in memory for fax
5. Remote 2. FAX storage
OFF forwarding and remote retrieval.
FAX OPT
3. Remote access 159* Set code for retrieving faxes.
4. Print
-- Print incoming faxes stored in the memory.
document
6. Remaining Check which jobs are in memory or cancel a
-- --
jobs delayed fax (timer) or polling job.
Prohibits most functions except receiving faxes
1. MEM security --
into memory.
0.Miscellaneous
2. BT call sign ON
Use with BT Call Sign.
(For UK only) OFF
AUTO
1. Copy Selects the Copy resolution for your type of
-- TEXT
3. Copy mode document.
PHOTO
2. Contrast -- === Adjust the contrast.
You can print resident fonts to check and confirm
4. 1. Print 1. Internal font --
font types.
Printer options
2. Configurations -- Printer settings and status are listed here.
(For
MFC907
You can restore factory default settings and
2. Reset
0 only) -- -- temporary settings for the printer back to factory
printer
default settings.
3-46
3.14.2 Setting Points

1. RX mode
Receive mode is set to “FAX ONLY”. Selected mode appears on the LCD. Every
pressing Receive Mode key, changes the mode to “FAX ONLY,” “FAX/TEL,”
“TAD: ANSWER MACH,” and “MANUAL.”
2. Set ship’s name and IMN

Use Station ID menu. ([Menu set] [1][2])
3. Explain the user of Report setting.

([Menu][2][4] -> 1. XMIT REPORT and 2. JOURNAL PERIOD)
([Report]) Button
Report button in used to access the Reports menu to point out: HEEP, Quick-Dial,
Journal, Xmit Verify, System Setup and Order Form.
1. HELP: Lists basic operational steps and functions.

2. QUICK-DIAL: Lists names and numbers stored in Speed Dial memory, in
numerical order.
3. JOURNAL: Journal lists information about the last 200 incoming and
outgoing faxes. TX means Transmit; RX means Receive.
4. XMIT VERIFY: Prints a Transmission Verification Report for your last
transmission.
5. SYSTEM SETUP: Lists settings for GENERAL SETUP, SETUP RECEIVE,
SETUP SEND, REPORT SETTING, REMOTE FAX OPT
and MISCELLANEOUS.
6. ORDER FORM: You can print an accessories order form to your Brother
dealer for service.
3-47
Maintenance Mode
To get into Maintenance mode;
1. Press [Menu set][*][2][8][6][4] within 2 seconds.
“MENTENANCE” appears in the display, showing the machine is in Maintenance
mode.
2. Enter a function code, referring to the table below. Press [Stop exit] button to exist
the current function.
Table 3.14.4 Function of firmware codes
Function Code Function

01 EEPROM parameter Initialization
10 Firmware Switch Setting
11 Printout of Firmware Switch Data
12 Operational Check of LCD
82 Equipment Error Code Indication
EEPROM parameter Initialization
91
(except the telephone number storage area)
99 Exit from the Maintenance Mode
** Press [Stop exit] button to exist the current function.

** Press [9][9] to quit from the Maintenance mode.
Initialization
To carry our factory reset;
1. In the Maintenance mode, press [0] and [1] in this order.
2. Press [9][9] to quit from the Maintenance mode.
Firmware Switch Setting

To carry out Firmware Switch setting;
1. Enter function code “10” in the Maintenance mode. WSW00 appears in the LCD
window.
2. Enter a desired firmware switch number. For example, enter “15” for Redial setting.
3. More the cursor to the number to be changed by using arrow keys.
4. Enter a desired number, using [0] or [1] key.
5. Press Set key.
6. Repeat steps 2 to 5.
7. Printout the setting by using function code “11”.
8. Press [Stop Exit] button to return to the Initial page in Maintenance mode.
9. Press [9][9] to quit from the Maintenance mode.
3-48
Table 3.14.5 Function of firmware switches
WSW No. Function Remarks
WSW01 Dial pulse setting

WSW02 Tone Signal setting
WSW03 PABX mode setting
WSW04 Transfer facility setting
WSW05 1st dial tone and busy tone detection
WSW06 Pause key setting and 2nd dial tone detection
WSW07 Dial tone setting 1
WSW08 Dial tone setting 2
WSW09 Protocol definition 1
WSW10 Protocol definition 2 Number of training retry
WSW11 Busy Tone setting
WSW12 Signal detection condition setting
WSW13 Modem setting ATT setting
WSW14 Auto ANS facility setting
WSW15 Redial facility setting Redial facility setting
WSW16 Function setting 1
WSW18 Function setting 3 Monitor setting
WSW19 Transmission speed setting in V. 17 mode Comm. Speed setting
WSW20 Overseas comm. mode Setting
WSW21 TAD setting 1
WSW22 ECM setting ECM setting
WSW23 Communications setting Limit of training error setting
WSW24 TAD setting 2
WSW25 TAD setting 3
Cont’d
3-49
Each switch consists of eight selectors. The leftmost selector is NO.1 and the rightmost
selector is NO.8.
WSW13=01010100
Sel. No. 1--- No. 8
WSW 13 Modem setting (ATT setting)

Table 3.14.6
Selector. No. Function Default Setting

1 0 00: 0km 10: 3.6km
Cable equalizer
2 1 01 :1.8km 11: 5.6km
3 0 00: -43dBm 10: -49dBm
Reception level
4 1 01: -47dBm 11: -51dBm
5 1 1111: 15dB 1011: 11dB 0111: 7dB
6 0 1110: 14dB 1010: 10dB 0110: 6dB
Modem attenuator
7 1 1101: 13dB 1001: 9dB 0101: 5dB
8 1 1100: 12dB 1000: 8dB 0100: 4dB
3-50
WSW 19 Transmission speed setting in V.17 mode (Comm. Speed setting)

3.1k Audio fax : 14400 bps (default)
9.6k FIU : 9600 bps
Table 3.14.7
Selector No. Function Default Setting

1 1 000: 2400bps 011: 9600bps 110: 14400bps
First transmission
2 speed choice for 1 001: 4800bps 100: 12000bps 111: 14400bps
fallback
3 1 010: 7200bps 101: 14400bps
4 0 000: 2400bps 011: 9600bps 110: 14400bps
Last transmission
5 speed choice for 0 001: 4800bps 100: 12000bps 111: 14400bps
fallback
6 0 010: 7200bps 101: 14400bps
7 V.34 mode 0 0: Permitted 1: Prohibited
8 V.17 mode 0 0: Permitted 1: Prohibited
WSW 22 ECM setting

The error correction mode (ECM) is a facsimile transmission method in which the
machine divides a message into frames for transmission and retransmits the frame
containing the error data. Try to set ECM setting to OFF if a fax communication is made
unsuccessfully.
Table 3.14.8

1 ECM in sending 0 0: ON 1: OFF
2 ECM in receiving 0 0: ON 1: OFF
3 Call Waiting Caller ID 1 0: ON 1: OFF
4 Not used 0
5 0 0: 0% 1: 8%
6 Acceptable TCF 0 0: 0% 1: 4%
bit rate (%)
7 (Only at 4800bps) 0 0: 0% 1: 2%
8 0 0: 0% 1: 1%
3-51
WSW 23 Communications setting (Limit of training error setting)

Table 3.14.9
Selector No Function Default Setting

Starting point of 0: From the head of a series of zeros
1 0
training check (TCF) 1: From any arbitrary point
2 Allowable training 0 00: 0% 10: 1%
3 Error rate 0 01: 0.5% 11: 2%
0 0 : 16% 1 0 : 10%
4 Decoding error rate for 0
0 1 : 14% 1 1 :
5 transmission of RTN 1
8%
6 1
Not used.
7 1
0: Yes 1: No
Limitation of Note)
8 1 Setting this selector to "0" limits the transmitting level of the
Attenuation level modem to 10 dB.
This setting has priority over the settings selected by WSW02
(selectors 5 through 8) and WSW13 (selectors 5 through 8).
WSW 10 Protocol definition 2 (Number of training retry)

Table 3.14.10

Switching of DPS,
1 Following the CML 1 0: No 1: Yes
ON/OFF
Time length from
2 transmission of last dial to 0 0: 100 ms 1: 50 ms
CML ON
Time length from CML
3 0 0: 2 sec. 1: 4 sec.
ON to CNG transmission
Time length from CML
ON to CED transmission
4 (except for 1 0: 0.5 sec. 1: 2 sec.
facsimile-to-telephone
switching)
5 0 00 : 1 time 10 : 3 times
01: 2 times 11: 4 times
No. of training retries
6 1 note)
These selectors set the number of training retries to be
repeated before automatic fallback.
7 Encoding MR 0 0: Allowed 1: Not allowed

system
8 (Compression) MMR 0 0: Allowed 1: Not allowed
3-52
WSW 18 Function setting 3 (Tone sound monitoring)

Table 3.14.11

1 Not used. 1
2 Detection enabled time 0 00: 40 sec. 10: 5 sec.
3 For CNG and no tone 0 01: 0 sec. (No detection) 11: 80 sec.
4 1
Not used.
5 1
6 Registration of station ID 0 0: Permitted 1: Prohibited
1 0x: No monitoring
7
01: Up to phase B at the calling station only
Tone sound monitoring
11: All transmission phase both at the calling and called
8 0
stations
WSW 15 REDIAL facility setting

Table 3.14.12
Selector
Function Default Setting
No.
1 Selection of redial 1 00: 5 minutes 10: 2 minutes
2 interval 0 01: 1 minute 11: 3 minutes
3 0 0000: 16 times 0100: 4 times
4 1 0001: 1 time |
No. of redialing
5 0 0010: 2 times 1111: 15 times
6 0 0011: 3 times
Redialing for no
7 response sent from 0 0: Redialing 1: No redialing
the called terminal
8 Not used 0
3-53
Sample of FAX8070P Default setting
WSW01 = 00010000
1-2. DIAL FORMAT NORMAL
3-4. BREAK TIME 67 MS
5-6. INTERDIGIT PAUSE 800 MS
7. DP/PB CHANGE IN USER SW YES
8. DP/PB FIXING SELECTION PB
WSW02 = 01011100
1-2. ON TIME 80 MS
3-4. OFF TIME 80 MS
5-8. LINE BEEP ATTENUATOR 12 DB
WSW03 = 10110000
1. PARA. CNG DETECTION! B
2-4. PBX DT DETECTION TIME 800 MS
5. PARA. CNG DETECTION2 A
6-7. DT DETECTION OF PBX 3. 5 SEC WAITING
8. NOT USED
WSW04 = 10010100
1-6. NOT USED
7-8. FLASHING TIME 80 MS
WSW05 = 00000110
1-3. DIAL TONE DETECTION 3.5 SEC WAITING
4. REMOTE ID DETECTION TIMEOUT 2 SEC
5-6. BUSY TONE DETECTION (CALLING) AFTER DIALING
7. BUSY TONE DETECTION (CALLED) OFF
8. NOT USED
WSW06 = 00101100
1-3. PAUSE KEY 3.5 SEC WAITING
4-6. 2ND DT DETECTION TIME 800 MS
7. 2ND DT DETECTION CYCLE 1 CYCLE
8. 2ND DT INTERRUPT DETECTION TIME 30 MS
WSW07 = 01011000
1-2. FREQUENCY RANGE INITIAL DATA
3. NOT USED
4-6. 2ND DT DETECTION LEVEL -39 DBM
7. 1ST DT INTERRUPT DETECTION TIME 30 MS
8. NOT USED
WSW08 = 01100100
1-3. 1ST DT DETECTION TIME 800 MS
4-5. 1ST/2ND DT TIME OUT 10 SEC
6-8. 1ST DT DETECTION LEVEL -33 DBM
WSW09 = 00000000
1. ECM FRAME 256 OCTET
2. NON STANDARD FACILITIES ON
3-4. TIMES OF FALL BACK 4
5. T5 TIMER 300 SEC
6. T1 TIMER 35 SEC
7-8. CALLING TIMEOUT 60 SEC
WSW10 = 10010100
1. NOT USED
2. TIMING OF LAST DIGIT-MODEM CHANGE 100 MS
3. TIMING OF CML ON CNG TRANSMISSION 2 SEC
4. TIMING OF CML ON CED TRANSMISSION 2 SEC
5-6. TRAINING RETRIES 2
7. CODING METHOD MR ON
8. CODING METHOD MMR ON
WSWll = 01100000
1-2. FREQUENCY RANGE INITIAL DATA
3-8. ON/OFF TIME 1000 - 0 I 1000 - 0 MS
WSW12 = 01001011
1-2. OFF DETECTION TIME 500 MS
3-4. AUTO ANS OFF DETECTION TIME 6 SEC
5-6. ON DETECTION TIME 250 MS
7-8. NOT USED
WSW13 = 01011011
1-2. CABLE EQUALIZER 1. 8 KM
3-4. RECEIVING LEVEL -47 DBM
5-8. ATTENUATOR 11 DB
3-54
WSW14 = 00100110
1-2. CALLING SIGNAL RANGE (LOW) 13 HZ
3-4. CALLING SIGNAL RANGE (HIGH) 70 HZ
5-8. DELAY TIMES 1 - 4
WSW15 = 10010000
1-2. INTERVAL TIME 2 MIN
3-5. RETRIES 4
7. REDIAL IN CASE OF NO FAX RESPONSE YES
8. NOT USED
WSW15 = 01100010
1. NOT USED
2. CCITT S.FINE ON
3-5. NOT USED
7. DOCUMENT LENGTH LIMIT 90 CM
8. STOP RECEIVING NO
WSW17 = 10111001
1-2. OFF HOOK ALARM ON EXCEPT CALL RESERVATION
3-4. NOT USED
5. DATE DISPLAY EUR
5. NOT USED
7. NOT CALL RECEPTION NO
8. NOT USED
WSW18 = 10011010
1. NOT USED
2-3. CNG DETECT TIME 40 SEC
4-5. NOT USED
5. RTI/TTI YES
7-8. FAX MONITOR PHASE B TX
WSW19 = 11100000
1-3. TX I RX START SPEED 14400 BPS
4-5. TX END SPEED 2400 BPS
7. NOT USED
8. V.17 MODE ON
WSW20 = 10011111
1. EP TONE ON
2. OVERSEAS MODE (RX) 2100 HZ
3. OVERSEAS MODE (TX) OFF
4-5. CFR-PIX TIME 400 MS
5-7. NOT USED
8. CNG DETECTION TIME LIMIT ON
WSW21 = 01000011
1-7. NOT USED
8. RETRIEVE ERASE OFF
WSW22 = 00100000
1. ECM TX ON
2. ECM RX ON
3. CALL WAITING CALLER ID OFF
4-8. NOT USED
WSW23 = 00001111
1. FIX TCF CHECK TOP
2-3. TCF ERROR LIMIT 0%
4-5. RTN CRITERION 14%
5-7. NOT USED
8. ATTENUATOR LIMIT NO
WSW24 = 01000100
1-2. NOT USED
3-4. DELAY OF CML ON-OGM 4 SEC
5-8. NOT USED
WSW25 = 00011010
1-4. NOT USED
5-7. TIME BETWEEN PAGING NUMBERS 12 SEC
8. NOT USED
WSW25 = 00010100
1. WETTING PULSE TX OFF
2. OVER VOLTAGE LIMIT ON
3. DIALING BEFORE SCANNING DONE OFF
4-5. EXT. CNG DETECTION c
5-8. NOT USED
3-55
WSW27 = 00101001
1. NOT USED
2. RINGER OFF SELECT YES
3. NOT USED
4. D/R TIMES ONLY OFF
5-7. NOT USED
8. TONER SAVE IF EMPTY NO
WSW28 = 00000000
1-3. DTMF HIGH FREQ. LEVEL ADJUST 0 DB
4-5. DTMF LOW FREQ. LEVEL ADJUST 0 DB
7-8. NOT USED
WSW29 = 01101001
1-5. NOT USED
7. RESISTOR CONTROL IN DP DIALING OFF
8. JOURNAL ALARM YES
WSW30 = 10010000
1-3. NOT USED
4. HEATER CONTROL FOR FLICKER ON
5. CLEAN DRUM DISPLAY ON
5-8. NOT USED
WSW31 = 10100101
1. NOT USED
2. REDUCTION LIMIT ON
3-4. NOT USED
5. D/R CHATTERING 130 MS
5-7. NOT USED
8. CHANGE DRUM DISPLAY ON
WSW32 = 01010000
1-4. NOT USED
5-5. HOME POLLED RESOLUTION STD
7-8. HOME POLLED CONTRAST AUTO
WSW33 = 10000010
1-5. NOT USED
5. POLLED REPORT ON
7-8. NOT USED
WSW34 = 00010000
1-3. NOT USED
4-5. INT. CNG DETECTION c
5-7. DTMF DIGIT FOR CNG DETECTION 3
8. NOT USED
WSW35 = 01000000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW35 = 00001000
1. ECP MODE ON
2. DATA RX PC POWER OFF RECOVER YES
3. STROBE PC POWER OFF TIME NORMAL
4. NOT USED
5. MOVING TO PHASE-C BY RTC NO
5-8. IGNORE CI COUNT 0
WSW37 = 10000101
1. APPEND AN IMAGE ON XMIT REPORT IN PRINTER ERROR ON
2. DELETE AN IMAGE ON XMIT REPORT AT NEXT TX OFF
3-8. NOT USED
WSW38 = 00010100
1-8. NOT USED
WSW39 = 11110000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW40 = 00000000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW41 = 00000111
1-8. NOT USED
WSW42 = 11110100
1-8. NOT USED
WSW43 = 00000001
1. NOT USED
2-3. PCI RX CMD WAIT 50 MS
4-5. NOT USED
7. REMOTE MAINTENANCE AUTO START OFF
8. NOT USED
3-56
WSW44 = 00000010
1-8. NOT USED
WSW45 = 00000000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW4G = 00000000
1-2. PC POWER OFF DETECT OFF
3. CENTRO PORT ALL HIGH ON
4-8. NOT USED
WSW47 = 00000000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW48 = 00000000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW49 = 00000000
1-8. NOT USED
WSW50 = 00000000
1-8. NOT USED
3-57
Chapter 4. Software
4.1 プログラムバージョンを確認する
4.1 Program Revision Level

4.1.1 vtLite Marine
To read program revision level of vtLite Marine, [Help] -> About.
Program
Fig.4.1.1 vtLite Marine Fig.4.1.2 vtLite Marine program Ver.
4.1.2 System program (Communication unit)

To read system program number, open the Menu and select 9: Advanced function -> 8:
Information available -> 2: Misc.Version information.
FW ID
System Ver.
Fig.4.1.3 Menu 982: Version information
The program version is also checked through the handset: Menu -> Information ->
“Version Info”.
4-1
4.1 Program Revision Level
4.1.3 Handset Program

To read program number of the handset, select Menu -> Phone setup -> “SW version.”
Handset program cannot be upgrade. Replace the handset with one having new
program.
4.1.4 Other programs

The system includes some other programs. To read these program numbers in vtLite
Marine window, follow the steps below.
1. Press Menu [9] and [4] in this order.

2. Set “Set diagnostics” to “On”.
3. Select 9 -> 8 -> 2 in the Menu.
Program, DSP, Boot, SIM, GUC, RFB, Tracking antenna and TA program numbers
appear below system version. Use the down arrow key to scroll the display.
** The System version is the whole of Communication unit programs. It is
included “Program, DSP, Boot, SIM, GUC and TA” programs.
Fig.4.1.4 Menu 982: Other Version information
1) RFB version;
It is HPA control program, the U505 in HPA CON board.
2) Tracking antenna version;

It indicates two versions, PCU program in PCU board and U506 program in HPA CON
board. U506 program is for an interface between PCU to control antenna and
communication unit. For example, when FURUNO/Marine/FURUNO/2.30 is indicated,
“2” is PCU program version and “3” is U506 program version. Note that “0” is not
used.
To read program numbers on the handset;

1. Set “Diagnostics” to “on.” (Menu -> Information -> Diagnostics)
2. Select “Version Info.” (Menu -> Information -> Version Info.)
DSP, Monitor, KDB, RFB and ATB program numbers appear below “System/
Ctrl.SW.”
4-2
4.2 Saving ID number and Phone book

Following describes how to save ID numbers and phone book in the memory. These
data is not erased if system upgrade is made correctly. However, it is recommended to
save these data before system upgrade for just in case.
4.2.1 To save ID number

1. From the Menu, select 2: Set access level.
2. Change the access level from “User Level” to “Owner Level.” (See page 3-11)
3. In vtLite Marine window, open “Device Manager” in Configure pull-down menu.
4. Open [Devices] menu and select “Save Config to a file.”
[Devices]
Fig. 4.2.1
5. Select the file name to save ID number. Normally, a folder, “vtLite Marine” is
selected.
Fig. 4.2.2
Reading Saved ID number

In Devices menu, select“Load Config from a file”, and then follow the instruction on
the screen.
4-3
4.2.2 Phone Book

To save Phone book in the memory;
1. In the Menu, select “ 2: Set access level.”

2. Change “User Level” to “Owner Level.” (See page 3-11)
3. In Book menu, select “File” to see the “Book File Manager” display.
4. Select “Save NWC phone book to a file.”
5. Click OK. The phone book is saved into vtLite Marine folder as “PhoneBook.txt.”
Fig.4.2.3 Book File Manager
Reading saved Phone Book

In Book File Manager window, “Load phonebook from a file to the NWC” and then,
click OK.
4-4
4.3 Program Upgrade
4.3 Program Upgrade

This section describes how to upgrade system program. The communication unit
(RS232(A) port) is connected to either COM port or USB port. DSP, Boot, SIM, GUC,
RFB and TA programs are also upgrade. Communication log is erased during upgrade.
Print out the log before taking the following steps if necessary.
Using serial port

The outline of program upgrade is;
Step 1.
Print out communication log, if necessary.
Step 2.
Connect RS-232 (A) port on the communication unit to COM-1 port on the PC
with 9P D-sub straight cable.
Step 3.
Carry out port setting on PC.
- Bits per second： 115200 - Data bits： 8 bit - Parity： None
- Stop bits： 1 - Flow control： None
Step 4.
Carry out port setting on Communication unit.
Select Menu -> Ports -> Port A on the handset.
- Speed: 115200 - Format: d=8, p=None, s=1 - Flow control: None
Step 5.
Run vtLite Marine and then execute “Software update prep” by using the steps
below.
1. Select Menu -> “2:Set access level” and change “User Level” to
“Owner Level” (Refer to page 3-11. Default Password: 1234567890)
2. Select Menu -> “9:Advanced functions menu,” and then execute
“3:Software update prep.”
The system starts upgrating software.
4-5
4.3 Program Upgrade
4.3.1 Before upgrading

1. Connection
The PC is connected to the communication unit as below.
DCD 1
RxD 2
TxD 3
DTR 4
GND 5
DSR 6
RTS 7
CTS 8
RI 9
Fig.4.3.1 Connection
2. COM-1 port setting

To set COM-1 port of the PC;
1. Right-click [My Computer] icon to select “properties.”
2. Click Handware tab.
3. Click “Device Manager.”
4. Select “Communication Port (COM-1).” COM-1 properties dialog box appears.
5. Change the settings as below.
- Bits per second: 115200 - Data bits: 8bit - Parity: None
- Stop bits: 1 - Flow control: None
Hardware
Communication Port setting

Port: COM-1
Device
Manager
Properties Device Manager Port Settings
Fig.4.3.2 COM Port setting
4-6
4.3 Program Upgrade
3. Port A Setting
With the ISDN handset (SF-870) connected to the ISDN port on the communication unit,
carry out “Port A” setting as below.
1. In the Menu, select Ports -> Port A.

2. Set “Port A” Settings as follows. (Default setting)
- Speed : 115200
- Format : d=8, p=none, s=1
- Flow control : rts/cts
4. Executing “Software update prep”

To execute “Software update prep” program.
1. Start vtLite Marine.
2. In the Menu, select “2:Set access level.”
3. Change Access Level from User Level to Owner Level. (See page 3-11.)
4. Click “Owner.” The display asks you enter a password.
5. Enter the password, “1234567890”(Default) and press Enter key.
Click “Owner.”
Enter the password, 1234567890
Fig.4.3.3
6. In the Menu, select “9:Advanced functions menu” -> “3:Software update prep.”
Fig.4.3.4
4-7
4.3 Program Upgrade
7. Click Yes.
Fig.4.3.5 Software update prep.
Following settings are selected automatically.
- Restricted dialing (Menu [9][1][1]) : No restrictions

- Access code (Menu [9] [1][2]) : Disable
- Restrictions SIM usage (Menu [9][1][3]) : Any
- Log -> Logging mode : Cleared
4-8
4.3 Program Upgrade
4.3.2. Upgrade
To upgrade the program, following files are necessary. File size is only reference. It
takes about 25 minutes for entire process.
- InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat : 8kB
- oadsw.exe : 2018kB
- rel20.mbd : 6885kB
Note) Follow the instruction on the screen until “Catalog” appears. (Fig.4.3.11)
To upgrade the program;
1. Terminate vtLite Marine Program.
2. Double-click “InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat”
3. Follow instructions on the screen. The window will close automatically when the
upgrade is complete.
This will install the Nera F77 MCU Rel.2.0 software.

The F77 MCU has to be powered ON.
Fig.4.3.6
Press any key.
Connect cable between your PC serial port 1

and the Rs232A port on your Nera F77.
Make sure that the RS232A port on F77
is set to 115200, none 8, 1.
(from Nera ISDN H.S)
Fig.4.3.7
4-9
4.3 Program Upgrade
Press any key. Press “y.”
From VT Lite verify that: Download of F77 system version 2.0

1) Save Traffic log and set to "cleared" two download opptions:
2) In AccessControl (menu 91*): -restore port config./phone book
Restricted dialing : "No restrictions" -update and restore factory default
SIM Restrictions : "Any" (Download takes approx. 25 minutes)
Access code : "Cleared" Remember to upgrade vt-Lite Marine to 6.0
|
If you need to do above mentioned tasks, Ensure that vtLite and other applications
using the com port.
press "Ctrl. C" to abort
Are closed – press yes to confirm
this software download
Yes or no ? (y/n)
or else press any key.
Fig.4.3.8 Fig.4.3.9
Press “y”.
Catalog
Do you want to save the configuration

before download ? Fig.4.3.11
Yes or no ? (y/n)
Fig.4.3.10 Cont’d
4-10
4.3 Program Upgrade
Cont’d
Fig.4.3.12 Fig.4.3.13
Fig.4.3.14 Fig.4.3.15
4. The window will close automatically when the upgrade is complete.
5. Start vtLite Marine program and check System program version.
4-11
4.4 Using USB Port on PC

When the PC does not have a COM port, the communication unit is connected to the
USB port on the PC for system upgrade To do so, an USB/Serial interface unit is
required. The interface unit comes with the driver software. Install it onto the PC,
referring to the instruction attached to the software.
Fig.4.4.1 Using USB port on the PC
1. Setting on PC
On the PC, set port settings by taking the procedures below.
1. Double-click [My computer] icon.
2. Select Properties -> Hardware -> Device Manager -> Communication port (You
have newly installed).
3. Change the value in the port settings dialog for the additional port if necessary.
- Bits per second: 115200 - Data bits: 8bit - Parity: None
- Stop bits: 1 - Flow control: None
4. Write down the name of the port which you installed, for example, COM3.
2. Port A Setting
Same as “Port A” Setting in Section 4.3.1. (See page 4-7)
3. Executing “Software update prep”

Same as 4.3.1. (See page 4-7)
4-12
4. Changing Batch File Name

Change Batch file text in the last sentence by using the procedure below.
1. Click“InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat”and then select Edit in File menu. Batch file

text appears.
2. Scroll down the text to the last text, “loadsw/com1 rel20.”
ECHO * x (Download takes approx. 25 minutes) x *

Echo * x Remember to upgrade vt-Lite Marine to 6.0 x *
ECHO * xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx *
loadsw/com1 rel20
3. Change COM port number to one you have added. In the example on the previous
page, the port number is “3”. Thus, the last text is modified to “loadsw/com3 rel20.”
4. Select Save in File menu.
5. Update
Double-click “InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat. ” Same as 4.3.2. (See page 4-9)
4-13
4.5 When upgrade is interrupted

When system upgrade is interrupted, or when system upgrade is complete
unsuccessfully, take the steps below.
1. Terminate vtLite Marine program.

2. Double-click“InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat,”and then follow the instructions on
the screen.
3. When asked “Ensure that vtLite and other applications using the com port. Are
closed – press yes to confirm Yes or no? (y/n),” press“y.”
Press “y.” Fig.4.5.1
4. When asked “Do you want to save the configuration before download? Yes or no?
(y/n)” on the screen, press “n.” Do NOT select “y.”
Fig.4.5.2
Press “n.”
If “y” is pressed in step 4, “Please remove power from the terminal, press any key when
done.” appears and update ends without success.
4-14
Fig.4.5.3
5. When “If there is no activity for 30 seconds then power cycle the terminal” appears,
turn off the unit.
Fig.4.5.4
6. Wait for 10 seconds and then, turn on the unit. Update commences when “ Catalog,”
appears.
Fig.4.5.5
4-15
Reference) InstalF77_MCU_SW_2_0.bat
@echo off
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
echo * FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF 777777777777777 777777777777777 *
echo * FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF 777777777777777 777777777777777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFFFFFFFF 7777777777 7777777777 *
echo * FFFFFFFF 7777777777 7777777777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
echo * FFFF 777 777 *
Echo * *
Echo * This will install the Nera F77 MCU Rel.2.0 software *
Echo * ****** The F77 MCU has to be powered ON ****** *
pause
cls
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x Connect cable between your PC serial port 1 x *
ECHO * x and the Rs232A port on your Nera F77 x *
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x Make sure that the RS232A port on F77 x *
ECHO * x is set to 115200, none 8, 1 x *
ECHO * x (from Nera ISDN H.S) x *
ECHO * x x *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
pause
cls
Echo * *
Echo * *
4-16
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x From VT Lite verify that: x *
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x 1) Save Traffic log and set to "cleared" x *
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x 2) In AccessControl (menu 91*): x *
ECHO * x Restricted dialing: "No restrictions" x *
ECHO * x SIM Restrictions : "Any" x *
ECHO * x Access code : "Cleared" x *
Echo * *
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x If you need to do above mentioned tasks, x *
ECHO * x press "Ctrl. C" to abort x *
ECHO * x this software download x *
ECHO * x or else press any key x *
ECHO * x x *
Echo * *
pause
rem call off_bat.bat
CLS
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
Echo * *
ECHO * x x *
ECHO * x Download of F77 system version 2.0 x *
ECHO * x two download opptions: x *
ECHO * x -restore port config./phone book x *
ECHO * x -update and restore factory default x *
ECHO * x (Download takes approx. 25 minutes) x *
Echo * x Remember to upgrade vt-Lite Marine to 6.0 x *
loadsw/com1 rel20
4-17
Chapter 5. Maintenance
5.1 Anti-vibration Mount Replacement

5.1.1 Anti-vibration
The antenna pedestal is fixed onto anti-vibration mounts. The mount consists of a spacer,
anti-vibration rubbers (1) and (2), two washers, and a fixing ring.
The anti-vibration rubber and spacer are replaced if damaged or cracked. It is
recommended that these parts are replaced every two years.
Table 5.1.1 Lifetime parts
Parts Name Type Code Number Qty

Anti-vibration rubber (1) 16-016-1021-0 1003098200 4 pcs.
Anti-vibration rubber (2) 16-016-1022-0 1003098300 4 pcs.
Spacer 16-016-1023-0 1003098400 4 pcs.
Anti-vibration rubber (2) Fixing ring
Anti-vibration rubber (1) Spacer
Fig.5.1.1 Anti-vibration mount
5-1
5.1.2 Procedure
1. Prepare two to four wooden bricks. (80mm in length)
2. Remove four Anti-vibration fixing ring from the mount, loosening a M5 Hex socket
set screw.
3. Lift the antenna pedestal carefully not to touch the helical array antenna to the
radome.
4. Place wooden bricks under the pedestal.
5. Move the pedestal and then change Anti-vibration rubber and Spacer to new one.
Fig.5.1.2 Placing bricks under the pedestal
5-2
5.2 Belt, Motor and Sensor Replacement

Inspect the belt for signs of damage periodically.
Table below lists the belts and motors used in FELCOM 70 antenna unit.
Table 5.2.1 Motors and belts
Belt Code Number Motor type* Motor assy. Code number

AZ 14910400 5618S-01-10 1.0A 14909800
EL 14910500 UGBTEH-5 10W 4P 14910000
Close EL 14910600 UGBTEH-5 10W 4P 14909900
Level Cargo 14910700 4218S-19-02 0.32A 14910100
* Note that EL and cross-EL motors are blushless motor, AZ and Level cargo motors are
stepping motor used.
Code number of other parts

- PCU : 14910800
- Shielded Level cargo Assy. : 14910900
- Level platform board : 14911000
- Timing sprocket (Level cargo) : 14910200
Level cargo belt/motor

EL belt/motor
Cross-EL belt/motor
AZ belt/motor
Fig.5.2.1 Antenna unit with radome removed
5-3
1. AZ Belt/Motor Replacement
1. Loosen four screws fixing to AZ motor remove the belt.
2. Replace the motor and/or belt.
3. Tension the belt and fix the motor.
AZ Belt
Motor fixing screws
AZ Motor
Fig. 5.2.2 AZ Belt/Motor
2. Cross-EL Belt/Motor Replacement

1. Loosen four screws fixing to Cross-EL motor remove the belt.
Cross-EL Belt
Motor fixing screws
Cross-EL Motor
Fig.5.2.3 Cross-EL Belt/Motor
5-4
3. EL Belt/Motor Replacement
1. Loosen four screws fixing to EL motor remove the belt.
Motor fixing screws
EL belt
EL motor
Fig.5.2.4 EL belt/motor
4. Level cargo belt /Motor replacement

1. Loosen four screws fixing to level cargo motor remove the belt.
Level cargo belt
Level cargo motor

Level cargo
Motor fixing screws
Fig.5.2.5 Level cargo belt/motor
5-5
Check after replacement

After changing the level cargo belt and/or motor, repeat the steps below several times to
make sure that the level cargo moves smoothly.
1. Point the antenna to any direction by a hand.
2. At power-on, the Level cargo rotates ccw up to the limit, and then, cw 45 degrees.
3. The Level cargo becomes level so that the antenna elevation angle is 45 degrees.
Antenna initial position!!
4. The Cross EL axis rotates to be level.
5. The elevation angle used at the last power off is set.

6. The antenna rotates cw, or the azimuth changes for NCS CC signal acquisition.
5-6
5.3 Modem and Power Unit Replacement
5.3 Modem and Power Unit Replacement

The communication unit consists of modem unit, power unit, and connector panel board.
Modem and power units are sealed with “WARRANTY” seal. Breaking this seal will
void warranty. The unit is designed for the module replacement service.
[WARRANTY SEAL]
Removing this seal will
avoid the warranty.
Fig.5.3.1 WARRANTY Seal
EEPROM on the connector panel board retains Forward/Retern ID.

When changing this board, you have to change original EEPROM. That is mounted
by soldering.
EEPROM
retaining FW/RT ID
図 5.3.2 接続インターフェ－ス基板（CIB）
Fig.5.3.2 Connector panel board
5-7
5.4 DIP Switch and LED

5.4.1 HPA CONT (16P0202) board in Antenna unit
Table 5.4.1 LED and DIP Switch
LED Function SW Function

Used to calibrate TX error detection
CR510 Lights during TX. #1
signal. Setting depends on HPA board.
Lights when EIRP is +5dB higher
CR509 #2
than the ratings. (EIRP Error) S501
CR506 Not used #3 OFF (Not used)
Blinks when CPU (U505) runs
CR505 #4
normally.
CR508 Not used #1 OFF (Not used)
Blinks when CPU (U506) runs
CR507 #2 ON (For software upgrade)
normally. S502
CR 13 Lights during FSK communication. #3 OFF (Not used)
#4 OFF (Not used)
S 503 CPU Reset
J503 J504
JP4 CR13
S501
S502
CR510
CR509 S503
CR506
CR505
CR508 JP505-508
CR507
Fig.5.4.1 HPA CONT Board
5-8
Table 5.4.2 Setting jumper
Jumper Function
JP4 Used to upgrade ASK Modem (U17) program. Default setting: Open
JP505 Used to upgrade CPU (U505) program. Default setting: Open
JP506 (Upgrading from J503)
JP507 Used to upgrade CPU (U506) program. Default setting: Open
JP508 (Upgrading from J504)
5.4.2 Connector Interface board in Communication unit
Nos. 1to 10 from left.

---- >
Fig.5.4.2 Connector Interface Board
Table 5.4.3 Status monitor function
LED No. Function

1 Lights when ISDN bus is powered.
2 Lights when ISDN terminal is connected.
3 Lights when 3V and 5V are supplied to the modem unit.
4 Lights when the distress alert unit is connected.
5 Blinks when the processor in the modem unit runs.
6 Not used
7 Not used
8 Not used
9 Not used
10 Not used
5-9
5.5 Fault Finding Tools
5.5.1 Startup Sequence

The startup sequence is illustrated below. The system acquires the satellite which was used
before power-off. See page 7-11 for the change of the handset screen at power-on. With
“Ready for call” message, the system function is correct.
1 2
3 4
Fig.5.5.1 Startup Sequence
If GPS data is not fed to the system, a communication of using spot beam cannot be made
even with the presence of “Ready for call” message. Without GPS data, the system cannot
select a spot beam and generates “Beam selection failed” message in Menu 989: Network
status.
Menu ! 989: Network status information When not be selected spot beam.
Fig.5.5.2 Startup Sequence
5-10
5.5.2 ｖtLite Marine Startup Display

The vtLite Marine startup display depends on “Set Diagnostics (Menu974)” setting. When
“Set Diagnostics” is OFF, the display looks like Fig.5.5.3. When “Set Diagnostics” is ON,
the display looks like Fig.5.5.4.
Position and GPS in use
Ocean region and LES
RX signal level (C/N) Time and Time difference
Fig.5.5.3 vtLite Marine display with Diagnostics OFF
Spot beam
Elevation angle
Status
Modem unit temperature Power unit temperature
Fig.5.5.4 vtLite Marine display with Diagnostics ON
Table 5.5.1 Indication in vtLite Marine display (1/2)
Indication Description
(1) External: Appears when the external GPS is used. (GGA and RMC receivable)
Position (2) Internal: Appears when the internal GPS is used.
(3) Searching GPS satellite: Appears during satellite acquisition.
Ocean region
and LES
Selected in “Set default Net Provider”
RX signal level Carrier per noise (C/N).
Time GPS time and time difference entered in set time zone (Menu44).
Cont’d
5-11
Table 5.5.1 Indication in vtLite Marine display (2/2)
Indication Description
Elevation
Antenna elevation angle
Angle
Modem unit
The red indication means that the temperature is 50 deg. or more.
temperature
Power unit
The fan activates when the indication changes to red (50 deg. or more).
temperature
Spot beam in use. Spot beam 0 means Global beam, 254 waiting GPS signal, and
Spot beam
255 no GPS signal.
“ Ready for calling” appears when the system works and decodes NCS CC signal
Status
normally.
Failure on Spot beam selection.
Fig.5.5.5 Network status information
Normal
No GPS signal
Fig.5.5.6 Network status information (Menu 989)
5-12
5.5.3 Useful Menu and Display

Following menu will help you check the system for normal operation.
1. Alarms and messages (Menu ->94)

Note) To use this menu, set “Menu ->974: Set diagnostics” to “On”.
Fig.5.5.7 Useful Menu
- Clear cause Log : Menu ->943

- Active alarms and warning : Menu ->941
- Information log : Menu ->942
- Statistic list : Menu ->947
- Error log : Menu ->948
- Restart log : Menu ->949
2. Network status information (Menu ->989)

To use this menu, set access level (Menu2) is set to “Owner level.”
3. Transceiver Status (Menu ->983)
4. Communication Log (Log)

5. Mis.Version Id information
(Menu 982, FWD ID and software version) See page 4-2.
6. vtLite Marine startup display
(Antenna elevation angle, spot beam number and temperatures) See page 5-11
5-13
1. Clear cause log (Menu 943)

Listed are calls that are cleared abnormally by the network or the terminal itself.
** The same list is displayed on the handset by selecting;
Menu -> Information -> Alarm & Msg -> Clear cause
The list does not appear when “Set diagnostics” (Menu -> 974) is set to OFF.
Press [>]
Fig.5.5.8 Menu 948
Cause indication is divided into four fields: standard, location, class, and value from left.
The number following the slash is assigned by a manufacturer.
e.g.) 1a 2b Bc 1d / 11
a) Coding standard;
Indicates whether the Inmarsat coding scheme or the CCITT Recommendation Q.931
coding standard is used.
0: CCITT Recommendation Q.931 1: Inmarsat
b) Cause location;
Indicates where the "fault" event has occurred. Not where it was detected.
- 0 to 3: MES
0: User terminals (Telephone, Fax terminal, etc)
1: MES user interfaces (MES keyboard, FIU, etc)
2: MES ACSE (ACSE: Access and Control Signal Equipment)
3: MES hardware (ADE, Channel modems, etc)
- 4 to 7: LES
4: Terrestrial interfaces (FIU, Data modems, etc.)
5: LES ACSE 6: LES Channel units
7: Credit card verification process
- 8 to B: NCS
8: NCS ACSE 9: Spare A: Spare B: Spare
- C to F: TERRESTRIAL NETWORK
C: Maritime Switching Center D: PSTN, PSPDN, etc.
E: Terrestrial subscriber F: Unidentified location in Terrestrial Network
5-14
c) Cause class;
In conjunction with the Cause Location field, indicates the category of the event.
- 0 to 3: "NORMAL" EVENTS
0: Normal clearing at end of call 1: Busy 2: No response
3: Spare
- 4 to 7: "ABNORMAL" EVENTS
4: Pre-emption 5: Lack of capacity or resource
6: Interruption 7: Spare
- 8 to B: "SERVICE NOT AVAILABLE" EVENTS
8: Service not implemented 9: Service not currently available
A: "Not authorized" B: Reason unknown
- C to F: "SIGNALLING" EVENTS
C: Signal missing (time-out) D: Parameter(s) out-of-range or conflicting
E: Other signalling failures F: Spare
d) Cause value
In conjunction with all the above fields, uniquely identifies the cause of the event.
Clear cause list

User terminal
1001 Call cleared by MES terminal
1011 Call failed, MES terminal busy
1012 Call cleared, MES terminal busy
1021 Call failed, MES time-out (no answer)
1081 Call failed, MES terminal not installed
1091 Call failed, MES terminal out-of-service
1092 Call cleared, MES terminal out-of-service
MES user interface

1141 Call cleared, MES initiated preemption
1143 Offered call cleared, pre-empted at MES
1145 Attempted call cleared, pre-empted at MES
1146 Attempted call abandoned by MES terminal
11A0 Call cleared, credit card not accepted
11D1 Call failed, Request data invalid
11D2 Call failed, insufficient digits in service address
11D3 Call failed, invalid service address
11D4 Call cleared, credit card data information invalid
11D5 Call cleared, invalid country code
11D6 Call cleared, PID information is not consistent
11D7 Call rejected, invalid service for Pri. 1 or 2 call
11D8 Call cleared, dialled number not 2 or 3 digits for Pr.1 or 2 call
11E0. Call cleared, invalid credit card PIN at this LES
11E1. Call cleared, too many invalid credit card call attempts
5-15
MES ACES (Setup signaling)

1202 Handover, MES ready
1262 Call cleared, MES time-out (Distress Test exceeded 120s)
1281 Call failed, MES cannot accept
1291 Call failed, MES cannot accept at present
12B1 Call cleared by MES for unspecified reason
12B1/1 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer TS011, NUMBER is missing
12B1/2 SES is clearing due to CESV_OFF, Process, carrier_lost
12B1/3 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer channel_not_ready, before reception of
CHANNEL_READY.
12B1/4 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer TS003, Wait for assignment from NCS during
shore_call
12B1/5 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer TS008, no_distress_channel_assignment
12B1/6 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer TS005, shore_carrier_timeout
12B1/7 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer TS010, ship_carrier_timeout
12B1/8 Signal NUMBER from user carries an illegal CES access code parameter, ces_id_not_ok
12B1/9 Call rejected because a call set-up is already in progress, conflicting_call_request
12B1/10 No response from net, verify commissioning of terminal, Wait for assignment from NCS
during ship_call
12B1/10 ipds_man_serv_rej / MPDS Commissioning error, contact Net provider
12B1/10 ipds_async_release / PC disconnects the MPDS call
12B1/11 SES is clearing due to timeout of timer channel_not_ready, before reception of
CHANNEL_READY.
12B1/11 ipds_too_slow / MPDS connection too slow, and disconneted by MCU

12B1/12 Control did not grant access to terminal due to conflicting shore call.
12B1/13 Control did not grant access to terminal due to conflicting ship call.
12B1/14 Control did not grant access to terminal due to too frequents request
12B1/15 Control did not grant access to terminal, had better things to do. Control_busy
12B1/16 selective_clear
12B1/17 call_preempt
12B1/18 For some reason, updating a record handler etc. couldn't be done, update_failed
12B1/19 antenna_failed
12B1/21 The communication link to ACU has failed, ant_comm_failed
12B1/25 System is not ready yet after startup, control_not_started
12B1/26 Spot beam selection is being performed, spot_beam_selection
12B1/27 Bulletin board data (satellite channel information etc.) is not yet verified,
bb_not_validated
12B1/30 Ocean region registration is in progress
12B1/31 Antenna is not yet ready for use, awaiting_antenna_ready
12B1/32 Channel tuning is being performed, Rf_channel_not_ready
12B1/33 No satellite synch can be achieved
12B1/34 Antenna configuration is taking place
12B1/36 Antenna is searching for satellite(s)
12B1/37 Used in CONTROL_PP to indicate a preemption of a ship- or shore-call, for a MES
initiated distress-call.
12B1/38 Used in DTLXMNG_DPP to indicate a timeout of timer TS308, no mark has been
received from the LES.
12B1/41 Printer not ready. Power may be turned off, cable not connected, paper empty or printer
not selected/on-line
12B1/42 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. no_text
5-16
12B1/43 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP.

no_acknowledge
12B1/44 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. no_synch
12B1/45 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. no_Rx_lock
12B1/46 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. no_Tx1_lock
12B1/47 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. no_Tx2_lock
12B1/48 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP.
missing_or_illegal_channel
12B1/49 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. no_authorization
12B1/50 CHANNEL_ERROR detected by CHNL_SERVICE_CP or CHNL_ICP. burst_not_sent
12B1/51 Precharge terminal has run out of time. Must refill before call is possible. out_of_charged
12B1/52 Wrong PIN code entered. incorrect_pin_code
12B1/54 Used when access is restricted due to Enhanced Function inconsistency.
ses_use_restricted
12B1/55 A command to the ACU was not accepted (4 times), link restarted. acu_cmd_failed
12B1/56 A command to the PCU was not accepted (4 times), link restarted. pcu_cmd_failed
12B1/57 Antenna initialize failed. ant_init_failed
12B1/59 Operation/Function failed
12B1/60 Operation not possible, function is busy
12B1/61 No lcm_connect received from shore after lcm_estblish sent (asd)
12B1/62 Data link failure in asd communication
12B1/63 Radio Silence activated
12B1/64 Inactivity timeout for data calls
12B1/65 Limited duration timeout for 16QAM calls. Call duration guard activated (Menu 42)
12B1/67 Various error situations releated to SIM authentication (during call).
12B1/68 Power down requested. power_down_MCU
12B1/69 Traffic log buffer is full
12B1/70 Duplex interface busy.
12B1/71 Internal call manager busy
12B1/72 Congestion, can't connect lines, internal dialing.
12B1/73 Congestion, can't get line, internal dialing.
12B1/74 Internal number unallocated
12B1/75 Incompatible destination for internal call
12B1/76 Invalid CallRef, (Too late, another call process got the call)
12B1/77 Too late, another call process got the call, (ISDN: non_selected_user_clearing)
12B1/78 Local interface too busy to handle the call
12B1/79 Used by LOADING, transfer_blocked
12B1/80 Local number analysis failed, dialled_number_rejected
12B1/81 Doppler Compensation error: Too large speed or too large error
12B1/82 Internal interface timer expired (e.g. ISDN protocols)
12B1/83 Internal retrieve error
12B1/84 Internal retrieve blocking, can't allocate or connect channels
12B1/85 Internal rearrangement error, probably race condition
12B1/86 Internal IPDS (MPDS) protocol error, int_ipds_protocol_error
12B1/87 Manual control of the system (test and type approval)
12B1/88 Internal decession to clear or abort activity due to unexpected SW sequence
12B1/89 The communication link to RFB has failed, rfb_comm_failed
12B1/90 The RFB failed to tune the digital attenuator, rfb_attenuator_failed
12B1/91 The IPDS (MPDS) service is not allowed due to local terminal configuration, restore to
factory defaults
5-17
12B1/92 No originator id is defined for IPDS (MPDS), local configuration is incorrect, restore to
factory defaults
12B1/93 No response was received from the IPDS (MPDS) host system within the allowed time
12B1/94 The device connected to the terminal (PC) cleared the call
12B1/95 The bulletin board information required for IPDS (MPDS) is unavailable
12B1/96 The IPDS(MPDS) call was disallowed or preemptied by another activity local to the MES
12B1/97 The terminal received a request to de register from the IPDS (MPDS) host
12B1/98 Synch to the LESP was lost during a call, ipds_sync_lost, verify correct user name/password
12B1/99 Unable to tune to one of the IPDS (MPDS) channels
12B1/100 Modem unit hardware does not support IPDS (MPDS) service,
12B1/101 RFB hardware does not support IPDS (MPDS) service,
12B1/102 The attempt to register with IPDS (MPDS) was rejected
12B1/103 The attempt to establish a IPDS (MPDS) connection was rejected
12B1/105 Timeout is attempt to setup a IPDS (MPDS) connection
12B1/106 Attempt to establish a IPDS (MPDS) connection was rejected
12B1/107 The MES failed to handle the IPDS (MPDS) data within the allowed time, ipds_too_slow
12B1/108 Internal error within the IPDS (MPDS) software
12B1/114 The call was preempted by a call waiting
12C2 Call cleared, no credit card valid message received
12C3 Call failed, MES time-out (no terrestrial answer)
12C4 Call cleared, authentication query not received
12C5 Call cleared, supplementary services signalling error
12C8 Handover failed, LES not detected
12D1 Call failed, Spot-beam data invalid
12D2 Call failed, invalid scrambling vector
MES Hardware
1351 Call cleared, insufficient free memory
1361 Call cleared by MES cable unwrap
1362 Call cleared, long interruption in reception at MES
1391 Call cleared, travelled distance exceeds 700km
1392 Call cleared, spot beam transition
1393 Call cleared, cooperative mode
Terrestrial Interface
1451 Call failed, terrestrial circuits congested
1452 Call failed, LES congested (no channel and no circuit)
LES ACES (Setup signaling)

1502 Handover, LES ready, normal clear
1551 Call failed, LES congested (no channel)
1581 Call failed, service not provided at this LES
1591 Call failed, service temporarily not available at this LES
1592 Call cleared, credit card type not supported
15A1 Call failed, MES not authorised at this LES
15A2 Call failed, service not authorised at this LES
15A3 Call cleared, credit card not authorised
15A4 Call cleared, authentication reply invalid
15A5 Call failed, PID not authorised for any service
5-18
15A6 Call failed, PID not authorised for requested service

15A7 Call cleared, dialled number illegal for Pri. 1 or 2 call
15B1 Call cleared by LES for unspecified reason
15C1 Call failed, LES time-out (no assignment)
15C2 Call failed, LES time-out (no service address)
15C3 Call failed, LES time-out (no scrambling vector)
15C4 Call failed, no service address and no scrambling vector
15C5 Call cleared, incomplete credit card data information
15C7 Call failed, LES time-out (no MES Connect)
15C9 Call cleared, no authentication reply
15CA Call cleared, notification ack not received
15CB Call cleared, invalid sequence number in notification ack
5-19
2. Active alarms and warning (Menu 941)

The list of active alarm window, is opened through “Active alarms and warning” menu
(Menu ->941). The window lists the alarms and warnings that are not get read. The alarms
and warnings that are already read are displayed in the Information Log (Menu ->942).
To see the active alarm list on the handset, select Menu -> Information -> Alarm & Msg ->
Alarm list.
Press [>]
Fig.5.5.9 Menu 941
Table 5.5.2 Active alarms and Information (1/2)
No. Alarm Information Solution

No need for action if terminal
Burst not sent
1 Internal information. operates normally.
Missing output
Replace transceiver.
Distress Box Handset The terminal dose not detect the
Check connections and restart
2 failure presence of a handset with a
the terminal.
No distress capability distress box attached.
Appears when terminal software
Information: does not effect
3 EEPROM CRC failure was upgraded and configuration set
terminal operation.
to default.
The internal GPS is not providing
External GPS position in Implemented in software 1.0
4 position so the system is using the
use F70.
(optional) external GPS receiver.
Beam selection failed GPS information dos not convey Wait 15 minutes, verify antenna
5
Not ready for call the position. view, restart MCU.
No connection or failure of the
No need for action if terminal
6 Modem thermometer error thermonitor module on the modem
operates normally.
unit.
No reading from the internal GPS Wait up to 15 minutes.
7 No contact with GPS module. Ignore this alarm if Replace GPS module in
terminal operates normally. antenna.
Reading from the module but No GPS coverage, verify
8 No GPS position
position is not available. antenna view.
Power unit fans will
No connection or failure of the automatically be switched ON.
Power supply thermometer
9 thermometer for the power supply System will operate normally,
error
unit. except power fans are always
ON.
28V volt is down-converted by RF
10 RFB reported 28V too high unit, used by control and tracking Replace antenna Transceiver.
unit.
5-20
Table 5.5.2 Active alarms and Information (2/2)
No. Alarm Information Solution

28V volt is down-converted by RF
11 RFB reported 28V too low unit, used by control and tracking Replace antenna Transceiver.
unit.
48 volt is supported from MCU to
12 RFB reported 48V too high Verify voltage from MCU/coax.
RF unit via antenna coax.
48 volt is supported from MCU to Verify voltage from MCU/coax,
13 RFB reported 48V too low
RF unit via antenna coax. verify cable/connectors.
The terminal dos not detect the
Restart the terminal. Verify TA
14 Terminal adapter not found presence the inbuilt F70 terminal
connection. Replace TA.
adapter, or 4 line TA.
Fans will automatically be
switched ON.
TFB Temperature Sensor TFB=transceiver front end board
15 System will operate normally,
defective Antenna.
except power fans are always
ON.
Terminal will automatically
Errors where operational
16 TFB Temperature too High switch OFF. If necessary switch
Conditions go out of range.
ON MCU.
Fans will automatically be
switched ON.
TMB Temperature Sensor TMB=transceiver main board
17 System will operate normally,
defective Antenna.
except power fans are always
ON.
TMB Temperature too Errors where operational Terminal will automatically
18
High conditions go out of range. switch OFF if necessary .
The Terminal id’s are stored in a
Unable to read fwd and Replace CIB.
19 secure flash chip on the CIB.
ret Id (Connector Interface Board)
Indicates that the chip is defective.
** CIB: Connector Interface(panel) Board
5-21
Table 5.5.3 Active alarms
Alarm message Action

1) Reprogramming
Program code self check failed
2) Replacing modem unit
Terminal ID CRC failure Replace modem unit
1) Reprogramming
MUB EEROM CRC failure
RFB EEPROM 1/2 CRC
Memory error Replacing modem unit
failure
1) Reprogramming
NVRAM CRC failure
Functionality is lost Replacing modem unit
1) Reprogramming
Traffic log data is lost
Tx synt lock failure Replacing modem unit
Synthesizer-related
Rx synt lock failure Replacing modem unit
error
IF PLL Lock failure Replacing modem unit
Unauthorized transmission Replacing modem unit or RF board
TX active in idle state
TX enable in idle state
TX on in idle state
Transmitter error
Missing output on 4.8 kbps Replacing modem unit or RF board
Missing TX off
Voice/Data call aborted
RFB 28 volt low
Other Turbo asic failure Replacing modem unit
5-22
3. Information log (Menu 942)

The information log lists previous alarm conditions, warnings and event information.
The same log is displayed on the handset by selecting Menu -> Information -> Alarm &
Msg -> Inf. Log.
Press [>]
Fig.5.5.10 Menu 942
4. Statistic list (Menu 947) in Alarms and message

This list is used by the manufacturer.
-SPM events
Press [>] -RFB events
-Other events
-Dynamic statistic
SPM events RFB events
Other events Dynamic statistic
Fig.5.5.11 Menu 947
5-23
5. Error log (Menu 948)

This log is used by the manufacturer.
Fig.5.5.12 Menu 948
6. Restart log (Menu 949)

This log tells why the system restarts.
Press [>]
Fig.5.5.13 Menu 949
5-24
7. Network status information (Menu 989)

This menu is used to make sure that the system logged on successfully. Set access level
(Menu ->2) must be set to “Owner level”. To see this menu on the handset, select Menu ->
Information -> Network Info.
Oreg : Ocean region

Cap : Capabilities
ChAdv : Channel advice
P.Adv : Satellite parameter advice
Fig.5.5.14 Menu 989
Press [>]
Ocean region
Capabilities Channel advice
Fig.5.5.15 Menu 989

Satellite parameter advice
5-25
8. Transceiver Status (Menu 983)

Temperature and voltages in the transceiver are available.
TR 28V : Transceiver 28V
Not used.
Fig.5.5.16 Menu 983
TR 48V : Transceiver 48V
Not used.
Fig.5.5.17 Menu 983
TFB Temp. : Transceiver Front-end Board
Power amplifier temperature is shown.
Fig.5.5.18 Menu 983
TMB Temp. : Transceiver Main Board
Not used.
Fig.5.5.19 Menu 983
5-26
5.5.4 Communication Log

Click Log in vtLite Marine window to see the communication (traffic) log.
There are two logs: Cct (Circuit switched calls) and MPDS pocket switched data. The
selection is made by using (respective button:) CCT and MPDS.
Cct
Press [>]
MPDS
Press [>]
MPDS traffic log includes following items.

- Port bytes Tx/Rx : Tx/Rx in KBytes
- Rx Crc : Forward errors in MPDS system
- SrejS Tx/Rx : Retransmitted Tx & Rx derection
- Tx5/20ms : Tx slot number: 5ms(maintenance) and 20ms(data)
- Connection : －
- Pk/Av users : Peak and average users on the same channel
- Tim Init/Cor : －
- Clear Codes : Clear cause codes.
- Accum TimAdj : Time adjustment of slot due to location on earth.
- SyncLost : Lost synchronization
Fig.5.5.20 Communication log
5-27
5.6 Troubleshooting
5.6 Troubleshooting
Table 5.6.1 Troubleshooting(1/2)
Problem Probable cause Action

The CU is not − Toggle the ON/OFF switch to ON.
switched ON. − Switch off, wait 10 secs and switch back on.
The FELCOM − Check that the power cord is properly
70 CU power connected.
1
indicator does Power is not − Replace fuses, if needed, located near the
not light up. connected. power switch.
− Verify correct voltages to the CU: 100-240V
AC.
The ISDN The handset cord − Check that the handset cord is properly
Handset is not connected, connected and inspect the cord.
2 display stays damaged, or − Power CU off/on.
completely enumerating failed. − Disconnect cord from CU and connect it again.
black.
− Check for correct position of the antenna.
Check that no obstacles block the free sight to
the satellite.
FELCOM 70 − The signal strength indicator should preferably
3 cannot find the No or weak signals exceed 570.
satellite. − Check that the coax cable is connected
properly.
− Restart the search for any satellite, or try a
satellite in a specific Ocean Region.
FELCOM 70 is not − Call the Net Service Provider.
properly
commissioned.
The called party is − If unsuccessful, wait for some time and try
busy. "Subscriber again.
busy" appears in − Call another destination (another country).
Unsuccessful the display. − Select another Ocean Region.
4
call attempt The following − Check that the correct Net service provider is
messages appear shown in the display.
in the display: "No − The FELCOM 70 terminal is not properly
response from net" commissioned. Check with the Net Service
or "Not authorized Provider or verily that “Network status
for this service". information” function displays Region
Registration: Successful.
"Traffic log is full" − Connect a PC to FELCOM 70 and read/print
message appears. out the traffic log to allow further logging.
CU:Communication Unit
5-28
5.6 Troubleshooting
Table 5.6.1 Troubleshooting(2/2)

− Remember to press "#" as last digit before
starting transmission.
Incomplete dialing
− Instead of "#", try to enter: 902 + 00 + country
code + subscriber number.
Service not − See problem 5.
Problems with commissioned
5 telefax or − The OFF-HOOK time should be as long as
videophone possible (e.g. 2 minutes). When the fax
System machine is called, ringing time should be set to
transmission minimum (e.g. immediate answer).
delays − Try a different fax machine. Check that a Group
4 fax is used on the ISDN interface, and Group
3 fax via analogue interface. (e.g. TEL4).
− Wait for 15 minutes. The GPS may use up 15
minutes if FELCOM 70 has switched off for
GPS alarm, or no
6 No GPS more than 6 hours. If not the case, GPS will
GPS readout
report position to the vtLite Marine and handset
display when the system logs on to the satellite.
− Check the PC program settings: speed 115200
bps, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity
if RS232 is used (default settings in F77 CU).
− If shore/land side has an analogue modem,
Problems with
use 3.1 kHz service in FELCOM 70.
7 data Wrong PC settings
− If shore/land side has ISDN connection, use 64
communication
kbps UDI service.
− If shore/land has 56 kbps UDI (some states in
America), use 56 kbps UDI data service.
− Contact the PC applications vendor for help.
− Make sure that the MSN number entered into
FELCOM 70 with the Device Manager, is also
Routing MSN number not entered into connected equipment. Some ISDN
8
of calls entered properly devices can be programmed with multiple
MSNs and will answer different services and
MSNs.
− Check that you call the correct MSN number. If
Problem with Access Code is used, you need to enter this
9 Wrong dialing
local calls code first
− ISDN-to-ISDN: MSN
− Phone does not support “R” button.
Problem with
10
call transfer − Not possible to transfer call from analogue to
ISDN.
− Make sure that the ISDN Handset related to the
Problem with Distress Alert Unit is properly connected.
11 Distress Alarm
Distress − Test distress buzzer using the ISDN Handset
function Priority Call or vtLite Marine.
5-29
5.6 Troubleshooting
Supplement
1) When it becomes an error with UDI or MPDS call;
(between PC and Communication unit)
Make sure RS-232(A)/(B) Port Setting, “Speed,” “Format,” and “Flow
control”.RS232(A) and RS232(B) ports are set through Serial “Ports” menu on
the ISDN handset. Default setting anyway !.
To set default; Select Menu ->Ports -> Com Default
Menu Setting
Ports Driver Switch Speed Format Flow control
Port A --
RS232 115200 d=8, p=none, s=1 rtc/cts
Port B*
RS422
2) When UDI call changes to MPDS;

Check Modems setting on the PC. “AT+WS45=1” should be added as “Extra
initialization commands” in Extra setting box.
3) When ISDN terminal does not work;

Up to 7 ISDN devices can be connected. When the distance between
Communication unit and the last wall socket on an ISDN bus exceeds 10m, the
termination resistors in the last wall socket must be incorporated by setting
both slide switches to position ON. Or an “ISDN bus end plug”, RJ45
termination plug may be used.
4) When FAX communication cannot be made;

Change ECM setting to OFF. See page 3-51.
5-30
Chapter 6. Menu
6.1 ISDN Handset tree
menu tree
6.1 ISDN Handset menu tree

There are two types of ISDN handset modes: Fleet and Normal. It recommends setting
that the handsets connected to the distress alert unit for Fleet mode, and other handsets
to Normal mode. See page 3-7.
6.1.1 Overview of Fleet handset menu

Table 6.1.1 Overview of Fleet handset
MENU Sub MENU-1 Note

Sat. Search Selecting another Ocean Region.
Active MSN Selecting service, 4.8k Speech or 64k Speech.
Key click Setting key click, ON or OFF.
Setting the tone sound and level heard when the phone
Ringer
rings.
It is set to emit a signal in the handset when an outgoing
Phone set Up Answer beep call is answered. The signal will also sound when a call is
transferred at the remote end.
Backlight Setting Backlight, ON or OFF.
Selecting its handset protocol; Euro or NI-1 protocol.
Protocol
It recommends Euro protocol.
SW Version Display Handset software Version.
Set Network Selecting Net provider.
Safety Call Priority call function; Safety call
Urgency Call Priority call function; Urgency call
Distress test for voice service with LES.
Priority call Distress Test
(Only handset that connected to the Distress alert unit.)
Buzzer test for Distress alert unit.
Test Buzzer
(Only handset that connected to the Distress alert unit.)
Port A Setting RS232A(B) and RS422 ports,
the data Speed, Format, Flow control for RS232A(B)s and
Port B
Ports RS422 ports, and RS232B or RS422 driver switch.
Com Default To set default, Ports A and B setting menu.
NMEA Port To set external GPS data input, enable or disable.
Setting Diagnostics ON or OFF, the other software
Diagnostics
information is added when set to ON.
Forward ID Display HW Forward ID.
Version Info. Display system software versions.
Information
Network Info. Display Network information.
Alarm＆Msgs Display Clear Causes, Alarm List, Info.Log.
Position Display own ship position.
Speed/Course Display own ship speed and course
6-1
6.1.2 Details of Fleet handset menu tree
Table 6.1.2 Details of Fleet handset menu tree (1/6)
Menu Sub Menu-1 Sub Menu-2 Sub Menu-3 Note

Find Any
AOR-W
To select another Ocean Region.
AOR-E
Find Any: the antenna searches one
POR
Ocean Region after the other until a
Sat. Search IOR
satellite signal is found.
Region 4
Region 5 Region4-7: Not used
Region 6
Region 7
Select service, 4.8k Speech or 64k
#1:4.8 Speech Speech.
- 4.8 Speech: data rate 4.8kbps
Active MSN
- 64kbps: data rate 64kbps
#2:64k Speech (The quality voice and charges are
higher than 4.8k speech service.)
on
Phone set Up off
Tone#1
(cont’d) Tone#2
Tone#3
Tone#4
Ringer Setting the tone sound when the
Tone Tone#5
(continued) phone rings.
Tone#6
Tone#7
Tone#8
Tone#9
6-2

Low
Medium Setting the tone level when the phone
Ringer Volume
High rings.
Increasing
on It is set to emit a signal in the
handset when an outgoing call is
Answer beep answered. The signal will also sound
off
when a call is transferred to the
remote end.
on Setting Backlight, 30 seconds ON
off when pressing a key or receiving a
call, and stays ON 30 seconds after
30 seconds
last event.
Phone set 10%
Up 20%
30%
Backlight
40%
50% Setting backlight dimmer,
dimmer
60% intensity adjustable in 10 steps.
70%
80%
90%
100%
Euro-ISDN Selecting its handset protocol; Euro
Protocol or NI-1 protocol.
NI-1
V1.0.42 130502
SW Version Display handset software Version.
CHK sum
001/telenor The default Net provider for Ocean
Set Network 002/stratos Region is automatically used, the
003/KDDI user need not to select another one.
6-3

Dial safety
Safety Call Priority call function; Safety call
number now
Dial urgency
Urgency Call Priority call function; Urgency call
number now
Pressing OK enables the Distress
Test function, allowing a test alarm
transmission. If required, press ESC
Priority call
Distress test to exit. Press the “DISTRESS”
Distress Test mode button within 30 seconds, otherwise
(Only handset
enabled a real distress will be transmitted.
that connected
Distress alert You can hear massages in terms of
unit) distress announcement from LES
when distress test started.
Buzzer test for Distress alert unit.
When pressing OK, the Distress
alarm buzzer sound for a short
Test Buzzer Self test
period.
(Only handset that connected to the
Distress alert unit.)
1200 bps
2400
4800
9600 Setting speed for RS232A port.
Speed
19200 Default: 115200
38400
57600
115200
d=7,p=none, s=1
Ports d=7, p=e, s=1
(cont’d) d=7, p=o, s=1
d=7, p=n, s=1
d=7, p=s, s=2
Setting serial Port A
d=8,p=none,s=1
ports, (RS232)
RS232A(B), d=8, p=e, s=1
Setting format for RS232A port.
and RS232B Format d=8, p=o, s=1
Default: d=8, p=none, s=1
port or RS422 d=8, p=m, s=1
driver switch. d=8, p=s, s=1
d=8,p=none,s=2
d=8, p=e, s=2
d=8, p=o, s=2
d=8, p=m, s=2
d=8, p=s, s=2
none
Setting flow control for RS232A
rts/cts
Flow control port.
xon/xoff trans
Default: rtc/cts
xon/xoff
6-4

When setting RS232;
Driver Switch
RS232 - RS232B port, activated
- RS422 port, deactivate
(RS232B or
When setting RS232;
RS422 driver
RS422 - RS422 port, activated
switch.)
- RS232B port, deactivate
1200 bps
2400
4800
9600 Setting speed for RS232A port.
Speed
19200 Default: 115200
38400
57600
115200
d=7,p=none, s=1
d=7, p=e, s=1
Port B d=7, p=o, s=1
(RS232)
d=7, p=n, s=1
Ports d=7, p=s, s=2
d=8,p=none,s=1
d=8, p=e, s=1
Setting format for RS232A port.
Format d=8, p=o, s=1
Default: d=8, p=none, s=1
d=8, p=m, s=1
d=8, p=s, s=1
d=8,p=none,s=2
d=8, p=e, s=2
d=8, p=o, s=2
d=8, p=m, s=2
d=8, p=s, s=2
none
Setting flow control for RS232A
rts/cts
Flow control port.
xon/xoff trans
Default: rtc/cts
xon/xoff
To set default, Ports A and B setting
Com Default
menu.
Enable To set external GPS data input,
NMEA Port
Disable enable.
6-5

Setting Diagnostics ON or OFF, the
on
Diagnostics other software information is added
off when set to ON.
HW(fwd):
Forward ID
e.g. 3F9BEC
Communication Log print to serial
printer.
Traffic log Dump trf.log Appears “Dump trf.log” when setting
“Automatic printing RS-232A, or B”
in Log menu.
REL1.2T10
System
26 Jun 2003
101476
Information Ctrl. sw Ver.:2.0
(cont’d) 05 June 2003
F77 ph2
Version Info. DSP
dev00.8
Monitor 1.05 Software version from DSP to ATB
KDB 1.20 are added when Diagnostics set to
RFB 1.100 ON.
F77 Marinel
ATB
1.00
e.g.)
-IOR Spot:7
-Ready for call
Network Info. Display Network information.
-NCSC Curr
-NCSC Active
-Registration
6-6
Display “Clear Causes” when

a communication is abnormal.
When MPSD communications are
always displayed.
Note that all clear cause will reset,

when turn off power.
e.g.)
Clear Causes
- 12B1/111270
ipds async rele
Time:0245:36
Date:09:07:2003
- 11D3/03501
Incorrect number
Alarm＆Msgs 12B1/111270;
Clear Causes number
Information
Appears Alarm List that is present
alarm.
Alarm List
Display Info.Log that detected date
and time.
e.g.)
-No contact with GPS
Info.Log Time:xx:xx:xx
Date:xx:xx:2003
-Updated LES
-EEPROM CRC failure
135d212m16s E
Position
034d44m27s N
Speed:0.0
Speed/Course
Course:000
6-7
6.1.3 Details of Normal handset menu tree
Table 6.1.3 Details of Normal handset menu tree
Menu Sub Menu-1 Sub Menu-2 Note

#1: 4.8 speech Selecting service, 4.8k Speech
or 64k Speech.
- 4.8 Speech: data rate 4.8kbps
Active MSN - 64kbps: data rate 64kbps
#2: 64k speech
(The quality voice and
charges are higher than 4.8k
speech service.)
On
Off
Tone #1
Tone #2
Tone #3
Tone #4
Setting the tone sound when the
Tone Tone #5
phone rings.
Tone #6
Ringer Tone #7
Tone #8
Tone #9
Low
Medium Setting the tone level when the
Volume
High phone rings.
Increasing
On It is set to emit a signal in the
handset when an outgoing call
Answer beep is answered. The signal will
Off
also sound when a call is
transferred to the remote end.
On Setting Backlight, 30 seconds
Off ON when pressing a key or
30 seconds receiving a call, and stays ON
Backlight
10% 30 seconds after last event
Dimmer I Setting backlight dimmer,
100% intensity adjustable in 10 steps.
English
To select using language for
Language Norsk
handset menu.
Deutsch
#1: 20 4.8 speech 20 #1
MSN Display MSN.
#2: 30 64k speech 30 #2
Euro-ISDN Selecting its handset protocol;
Protocol Euro or NI-1 protocol.
NI-1
e.g.) Display handset software
SW version
V1.4.00 290703 Version.
Reset to Fleet Set to Fleet ? Changing Fleet handset mode.
6-8
6.1.4 Phone book entry (Fleet handset)

Number of Phone book entry;
Number of Phone book entry=1190/(number of names char.: max. 15 + number
of subscriber number digits: max. 19)
Table 6.1.4 Book menu
Phone book entry

Operation Menu-1 Menu-2 Menu-3 Menu-4 Note
Add The “#”-key toggles
Numbe:xx-xx
name:xxx saving between upper-case and
[ok]
[menu] [ok] lower-case char.
Phone book editing
Add name:xxx Numbe:xx-
Add entry saving Add entry
[ok] xx [ok]
[menu] Numbe:xx-xx
Edit number saving
[ok]
The “#”-key toggles
Add name:
Edit name saving between upper-case and
xxx[ok]
lower-case char.
Delete deleting
Entry char.
Search book Name search or number
for search.
[xx]
See number
0081786-2274
Copy Short Number
If “Sort by ShrtNo” is
Short by selected, the “Search book”
shrtNo function switches to “Sort
by Name”.
- Making a call:
[0][0] + country code + subscriber number + [off hook]
- Dialing from phone book:
[Press “Book”]+[Press “up/down arrow key”] + selecting number + [off hook]
- Call transfer (Connection via satellite):
[R] [*][*] + MSN number + [#] [R]toggles between
Transfer from analogue to ISDN is not possible.
- To redial calls made:
Press [“up arrow key”] + Use the arrow keys to scroll through the list + [off hook]
- To view calls received:
Press [“down arrow key”] + Use the arrow keys to scroll through the list + [off hook]
The Redial Memory stores the last 30 called and received numbers.
- Internal communication:
[*][*] + MSN number +[#] or [1][0][3] + MNS number + [#]
You can make MSN number either 4.8k speech or 64k speech when call to
ISDN handset.
6-9
6.2 vtLite Marine
6.2 vtLite Marine

6.2.1 Starting up
Displays own ship position data and using GPS,

Internal/External (To set ON in View ->Show GPS)
Menu bar
Displayed when vtLite

Menu button Marine and Communication
- Book: Phone book entries unit is connected.
- Log：Displays communication logs
- Menu: Display Menus
- Seek: Starting satellite search
RX signal, ZONE Time

Carrier/Noise (Setting, Menu ->4 ->Time zone set)
6.2.2 Menu bar

Table 6.2.1Menu bar tree
Menu
Sub-menu Note
bar
Terminal MMI If no contact with Communication unit.
The AT command set allows you to configure the data
AT mode
Mode communication function directly from this.
Offline Disconnect with communication unit.
Exit
Show GPS Display Position data in vitLite Marin window.
View Zoom In Zoom in vitLite Marin window.
Zoom Out Zoom out vitLite Marin window.
Port Setting port.
Device manager Setting ID and MSN.
Configure
Print handling Setting “windows printer”.
Sound
User manual
Help
About Display version information for vitLite Marin.
6-10
6.2 vtLite Marine
6.2.3 Menu button
Menu button
- Book: Phone book entries
- Log：Displays communication logs
- Menu: Display Menus
- Seek: Starting satellite search
1. [Book] button
Table 6.2.2 [Book] button (1/2)
Menu-1 Menu-2 Note

Saved to file:
Book File Save NWC phone book to a file (Display D:¥Program file
Manager ¥vtLiteMarine¥PhoneBook.txt)
File Load phonebook from a file to the
Display “Loaded terminal from file”.
(Owner NWC
level) Replace phonebook from a file to the
Display “Loaded terminal from file”.
NWC
Subscriber name
Name
(Name length, max. 29 characters) Del
Phone No.: Same as [Back Space] key function.
Number 00+country code + subscriber number
(Number length, max. 19 digits) Save
Netwk Default Network or LES It is stored in the order of the alphabet.
New Terrestrial To maintain [00]
network (Not used)
1～98, 99(Hot dial)
(Displayed “Entry is already in use.
No.
Do you want to overwrite it ?”, when
a number is already used.)
6-11
6.2 vtLite Marine
Table 6.2.2 [Book] button (2/2)
Menu-1 Menu-2 Note

Name
Number Del
Netwk Same as [Back Space] key function.
Terrestrial
network Remove
No. (Click, display “Delete entry? Data will be
Edit Same as New menu.
removed permanently”, then select YES.
New
Save
6-12
6.2 vtLite Marine
2. [Log] button
Table 6.2.3 [Log] button
Menu-1 Menu-2 Note

Print (owner level)
The viewer lists tagged call records. Records that
Cct have been printed out previously are marked with a
Scroll up/down key to hash. The record file can be printed out or saved to
wanted call record and disk.
press > key to display - File: Reset/Save/Print/Exit
details of the selected - Edit: Cut/Copy/Past/Delete/Select All
call. - Search: Find/Find Next Cct:
- Dialed number Tag* (owner level) Circuit switched calls
- Netwk Clicking Tag* mark all calls marked with hash, - Voice call/Data service
- Satellite which adds the records to the print file. call
- Reg. No Clicking Tag again untags a selected record.
- Printed
Tag (owner level)
- Tagged
Clicking Tag mark the selected calls marked with
- Service
- Start hash, which adds the records to the print file.
- Duration Clicking Tag again untags a selected record.
Quit
Return to Main menu.
Mpds Print (owner level)
Scroll up/down key to - Same as Cct.
wanted call record and Tag* (owner level)
press > key To display - Same as Cct.
details of the selected Tag (owner level)
call. - Same as Cct.
- Port bytes Tx/Rx
- Rx Crc Packet switched data calls
- Tx5/20ms - Packet Data Service call
- Pk/Av
- Clear Codes Quit
- Accum TimAdj - Same as Cct.
- SrejS Tx/Rx
- Connects
- Tim Init/Cor
- SyncLost
- Paused
Setting “Automatic printing
Edit - Cleared
to RS-232A” or “B” when
- Enabled
serial printer connect with
(owner level) - Automatic printing to RS-232 A
RS-232[A] or [B] port.
- Automatic printing to RS-232 B
Ok
6-13
6.2 vtLite Marine
3. [Seek] button
D
Clicking Seek starts the search again.
~ Furuno F77 ~~~ rgJ

Mode View Configure Help
Pn::::itinr. 034d44m28s N 135iJ21 m16s E ( ln1ernal GPS)
ES_Cj
FUAUND
~ Ne,.· se~:uc:h sotei!Jte
_I Hny
~
_ I F ou :~:=~ 11 i te?
.... ~elct J ;~~ -4
IElel Region
-~
+ Abort
ReGion 5
"
!ALT +underlined character to select
ll 398 41C 40C 0 7 : 3 2 \UTC+OO:OO)
6-14
6.3 [MENU] button
6.3 [MENU] button
6.3.1 Overview
Following display are set to “Owner level” in Menu ->2 and Diagnostics function “ON” in
Menu ->974.
Not used
4: Phone setup
91: Access control

(Setting: Owner level) 9. Advanced functions 97: Configuration
99: Customization 94:Alarms and message

98: Information available
(Setting: Owner level)
Note that display Icons with marked “O”, when access level is set to Owner level.
- 93: Software update prep.
- 989: Network status information
6-15
6.3 [MENU] button
Table 6.3.1 Function reference list (1/2)
Menu Access
Function Note
No. level
Allow changing Net service provide (and terrestrial
1 Set default Net provider User
network).
Allow shifting between user level and owner level,
2 Set access level User changing PIN code and owner password.
** Default Owner password: 1234567890
4 Phone setup menu
To set maximum call duration for 64kbps calls.
42 Call duration guard
Exclude; 4.8k Speech and MPDS.
44 Set time zone User Setting time difference.
Setting ON, displayed when incoming 3.1k Audio and
47 Message Indication
64k data.
9 Advanced functions menu
91 Access control menu
Only allows calls from Phone book. List of barred
911 Restrict dial
numbers may be established.
Sets personal codes for using telephone (4.8k/64k
912 Access code Owner
speech).
Only allows calls with specific card, no card or any
913 Restrict SIM usage
card.
Prepare for a software update.
93 Software update prep. Owner Menu ->911: No restrictions, Menu ->912 Disable,
Menu ->913: Any, Log: Cleared
94 Alarms and messages
Active alarms and
941 Until alarm and warring are cleared, it displayed.
warning
*Displayed
942 Information Log when 974: Display alarm and warring logs.
943 Clear cause log diagnostics Display Clear cause logs.
947 Statistics list is set to ON. Using for manufacture.
948 Error log Using for manufacture.
949 Restart log Display system restart log.
97 Configuration menu
971 ISDN configuration Setting ISDN protocols, Euro or NI-1.
Owner Adding, editing, or removing entries in the list of Net
972 Net service providers
service providers.
Allows additional system information to be displayed
when the diagnostics is set to ON;
- Menu ->94:Alarms and messages is added in menu
tree.
974 Set diagnostics - Added other software version in Menu ->982: Misc.
User version Id information.
- Display EL/Spot beam information,
temperatures of Modem and Power unit information
on vtLite Marine.
977 Rx L-Band setup Setting D-GPS output port ON/OFF.
Cont’d
6-16
6.3 [MENU] button
Table 6.3.1 Function reference list (2/2)
Menu Access
Function Note
No. level
978 Charge tone Setting charge tone for 4.8k speech.
Owner
979 Spot beam report method Sending spot ID or position.
98 Information available
Displays a series of version information windows.
Misc. version ID (Added other software version in Menu ->982: Misc.
982
information User version Id information when Menu ->974:diagnostics
is set to ON.)
Displays max./min. voltages and temperatures in FR
983 Transceiver status User
unit.
984 EIRP table -- Not in use.
Network status
989 Owner Displays various network status information.
information
99 Customization menu
Installs additional functions, if any.
991 Paid functions
** Not used FELCOM 70 **
Owner
Setting phone name. (Showed setting phone name,
992 Phone name setup
when SIM card is set with communication unit.)
6-17
6.3 [MENU] button
6.3.2 [Menu] tree

1. Set default Net provider
Table 6.3.2 Set default Net provider
Menu-1 Menu-2 Menu-3 Note

Edit Del Deleting “Set Default Net provider” data.
Setting as follow.
- Default Net
(Selecting LES)
- Terrestrial
network
When “Default Net” saved,
(Setting “00”)
Display “Do you want the selected net service
- Distress LES
Save provider to be default for the other satellites as
1. Set default
(Display LES list well?” then click Yes button, “Updating
Net provider Satellite” appears.
with selected in
“1. Set default
Net provider”
when press >
key.)
Display “Use xxx as new satellite?”, selecting
Select default Net provider, then click Yes button.
After starting “Satellite search”.
Ok
6-18
6.3 [MENU] button
2. Set access level
Table 6.3.3 Set access level

Edit phone PIN (4-10 digits)
Default: 1234
When access - Old PIN: xxxx
level is set - New PIN: xxx
- Retype new: PIN: xxx
2. Set “User level”.
When PIN code set,
access level Edit The PIN code required when ISDN handset or
vtLite Marine operate.
Displayed set Edit password (10-12 digits)
Access level When access Default: 1234567890
level is set - Old password: x-x
- User level “Owner level”. - New password: x-x
- Owner level - Retype new password: x-x
Owner
or
User
Ok
The owner password (Default:1234567890) cannot be deleted. When you forget the
password you have entered, you can not access some setting menu on the vtLite Marine. It
recommends the owner password unchanged.
6-19
6.3 [MENU] button
4. Phone setup menu

Table 6.3.4 Phone setup menu

Edit ! Select
- Stay - connected
- 15 min
- 30 min. Setting maximum call duration for 64kbps
2. Call - 45 min calls.
duration guard - 1 hour Exclude; 4.8k Speech and MPDS.
- 3 hour
- 6 hour
- 12 hour
Ok
4. Phone setup Edit ! Select
menu - UTC - 12:00
Setting time difference.
4. Set time zone to
- UTC + 12:00
Ok
Enable Setting ON, displayed when incoming 3.1k
Disable Audio and 64k data.
7. Message Displayed following indication in handset

indication when incoming call.
Save - F2M data call
- F2M fax call
（F2M: Fixed to Mobile）
6-20
6.3 [MENU] button
9. Advanced function
Table 6.3.5 Advanced function(1/4)
Menu-1 Menu-2 Menu-3 Menu-4 Note

Edit ! Select Barred list
Barred list, which may contain up to
- Barred list 10 phone numbers or part of numbers
- Dial from Book that can not be called.
only
- No restriction Dial from Book only
1. Restrict dial
Dial from Book only, which restricts
(Owner level)
calls to the numbers in F-70 Phone
Book. It is still possible to append: an
entry with number field “0047”
means that it is possible to dial all
Norwegian numbers.
Setup ! Remove,
Edit, Access code can be activated for 4.8k
New, speech and 64k speech only. When
9.Advanced Quit the access code function has been
function 1. Access activated, the user is always
control Enab prompted for a 1-8 digit personal
(Cont’d) 2. Access code code when making a call. All
Disab
(Owner level) telephones are activated. To release a
Ok
telephone for using without access
code, see “Require Access Code per
call” in MSN configurations setting.
Enab: Access code enable

Disab: Access code disable
Lock, Only allows calls with specific card,
NoSIM, no card or any card.
Any
3. Restrict SIM OK - Lock: locked to one specific SIM
usage cord. Any other SIM user
(Owner level) will be rejected.
- No SIM: All SIM users will be
rejected.
- Any: Any SIIM can be used.
6-21
6.3 [MENU] button

Prepare for a software update.
Display “The terminal is now ready
for update! View update description
by pressing the [Descr] button.” when
3.Software
YES, selecting YES.
update prop.
No Following menu are automatically set.
(Owner level)
- Menu ->911: No restrictions
- Menu ->912 Disable
- Menu ->913: Any
- Log: Cleared
1.Active
Until alarm and warring are cleared, it
alarms and Print
displayed.
warning
2.Information
Print Displayed alarm and warring logs.
4.Alarms and log
message 1. Clear cause
Print Displayed Clear cause logs.
(4.Set log
diagnostics -SPA event
ON) -RFB event
7.Statics list Using for manufacture.
-Other event
9.Advanced -Dynamic statistic
function 8.Error log Print Using for manufacture.
9.Restart log Print Displayed system restart log.
(Cont’d) - Protocol
1.ISDN
- Date/Time element
configuration Setting ISDN protocols, Euro or NI-1.
- Layer 2 Activation
(Owner level)
- Default service
Remove
2.Net service
New Adding, editing, or removing entries
providers
Edit in the list of Net service providers.
(Owner level)
Ok
Allows additional system information
7.Configuration to be displayed
when the diagnostics is set to ON;
(Cont’d) - Menu ->94:Alarms and messages is
added in menu tree.
4.Set
On/Off - Added other software version in
diagnostics
Menu ->982: Misc. version Id
information.
- Display EL/Spot beam information,
temperatures of Modem and Power
unit information on vtLite Marine.
7.RxL-Band
On/Off Setting D-GPS output port ON/OFF.
Setup
6-22
6.3 [MENU] button

Setup Setting charge tone for 4.8k speech.
- Tone type The charge tone function is activated
- Frequency with the following settings.
8.Charge tone - Duration - Menu ->912, setting “Access code”
(Owner level) and its “Enable”.
Enab
Disab - Configure -> Device manager ->
7.Configuration
Quit 4.8k speech ->“Apply charge tone”
Sending spot ID or position when
9. Spot Beam
calling.
Report Edit
Message as below.
Method Ok
- Do not transmit my position
(Owner level)
- May send position (recommended)
Displays software version.
9. Advanced 2.Misc.version
(Added other software version when
function Id information
Menu->974:diagnostics is set to ON.)
Displays max./min. voltages and
temperatures in Communication unit.
3.Transceiver - Transceiver 28V
Status - Transceiver 48V
8. Information - TFB Temperature
available - TMB Temperature
4. EIRP table Not used
Displays various network status
9. Network OReg information.
status Cap - Oreg: Ocean Region
information ChAdv - Cap: Capabilities
(Owner level) P.Adv - ChAdv: Channel advice
- P.Adv: Satellite parameter advice
6-23
6.3 [MENU] button

- Traffic log
- Pre-charge
- Restricted dial
1.Paid
- Access code New ! Code
function Installs additional functions, if any.
- Advanced
(Owner ** Not used FELCOM 70 **
service level Del
level)
9.Customize - High Speed
Data
- MPDS
2.Phone
Setting phone name. (Showed setting
name setup Del
Terminal name phone name, when SIM card is set
(Owner Save
with communication unit.)
level)
Mail Not used
6-24
Chapter 7. Block Description

The Communication unit consists of a modem unit, a power unit, and a connector
interface unit. The modem unit contains Terminal Adapter board and Modem board
with the SIM card slot. The Modem board outputs 1542±17MHz GPS signal (-90 dBm
or more) from “BROAD BAND (D-GPS)” connector to the D-GPS.
The antenna unit is connected to the modem unit with a 50-0hm coaxial cable.
Fig. 7.1.1 Block Diagram of ADE and BDE
Fig. 7.1.2 Block Diagram of Modem board
7-1
8I'DIIn11Mnd IN/OUT
L-Bend: 154h17MHz Antllnna Unit cable 100.240VAC
..--------r--l----- .RI----- ~ ----------------~-:~ONIO~FF---:Swib:h=·~-. . .

s,.,card
V ~ Slow blow fUses
(2x5A)
Ruder
Modem Unit p.c.b.

(MUB)
Traci<Jng
Control Madam;
4MHz/96110bpa
7-2
TA p.c.b ISDN ~____.::.._-l

...-----,
lsrr-ln~~ :=- I ~iiiiii/RF ·---1
1I I I
2-wtns
lnlarfaal
I.
· - --- - ~-r:· ·:;- -c·;i- - - ,

J c--.! c·-:l r,---.J L
__C_o_n_nec:
__tor_l_n_tatfa
rc1s)
__ c:e_p_.c_.b_.......
R5422 RS-232(8) RS-232(A)

~~1 T~~ T~L3 ri~ ,i-~3 T~ 0000000000
jggggj 00000
0000
00000
0000
mmm[lilll u:1l~ Statue LED
I D ROM
::_~::::::::::_·:-1
~ ;;-----------~
-;: ~·
...
~ f:lll
~~
Fig. 7.1.3 Block Diagram of Communication unit

The table below list signals which is carried by the coaxial cable.
Table 7.1.1 Signals on antenna cable
Signal Direction Level at BDE Remarks

Tx 1643.5+17 MHz ADE <- BDE +15+1dBm Tx signal
Rx Lo 1296.058+17 MHz ADE <- BDE -7 to 0dBm Rx Local oscillator
IF 245.952 MHz ADE -> BDE -33 to -58dBm RX IF signal
Rx BB 1542+17 MHz ADE -> BDE -90dBm or more D-GPS output signal
-7+2dBm
MPDS
Uplink:16kbps
ASK
Modem-1 10.7 MHz Downlink:4.8kbps TX control signal
(Half Duplex)
UDI/Voice/FAX
Uplink: 4kbps
Downlink: 2kbps
ASK 0+2dBm
Modem-2 4 MHz Antenna control signal
(Half Duplex) 9600bps
ASK 0+2dBm
Modem-3 30 MHz GPS data (NMEA)
(ADE -> BDE) 4800bps
power consumption
Tx: 2.6-3.1A,
DC 48VDC ADE <- BDE differs depending on
Rx: 0.5-1.0A
antenna moment.
ADE：Above Deck Equipment BDE：Below Deck Equipment
ASK (Amplitude shift keying)

A form of amplitude modulation for digital signals, where the bits are quantified by
various levels of amplitude.
Data Transceivers
The Data Transceivers provides communication between the Modem unit and the ADE.
It consists of one transceiver for communication with the ADE, one for communication
with the antenna pedestal/controller and one for receiving GPS data from the ADE.
The Data Transceiver communicating with the ADE Transceiver is used on/off-keying
of a 10.7 MHz oscillator. It is interfaced directly to DSP. The Data Transceiver
communicating with the antenna pedestal/controller uses the same technique with a 4
MHz oscillator, but is interfaced via a microcontroller that is linked to the CPU. A
simple receiver (demodulator) is used for receiving GPS data (using 30 MHz carrier
frequency). It is linked directly to the CPU.
7-3
7-4
Fuse: 5A x2
Power ＳＷ
Fig.7.1.4 Block diagram of power unit

7.2.1 Outline
The antenna cable, 50-0hm coaxial cable carries transmitting / receiving signal, ASK
(Amplitude shift keying) control signal, and +48VDC. The system is designed to be
used with a cable that has –5 dB to –15 dB of loss.
Fig.7.2.1 Connection of ANT and BDE
The antenna unit consists of a stabilized antenna pedestal, a helical-array antenna, a

pedestal control unit (PCU), an HPA CHASSIS, a GPS receiver, and a T. RECEIVER:
tracking receiver. The GPS receiver is installed mandatorily. A service switch and a fuse
locate on the HPA.
GPS Antenna
Service Switch
Fig.7.2.2 Antenna unit board
7-5
The built-in GPS receiver outputs position data to the communication unit for the
calculation of the antenna elevation angle. The calculated elevation angle is sent to the
antenna unit from the communication unit.
The position data is also used to select a spot beam. LES receives the position data from
the MES at a call and assigns the spot beam to the MES.
Fig.7.2.3 Block diagram of antenna unit
7-6
7.2.2 Stabilized Antenna Pedestal

The pedestal is mounted on the anti-vibration mounts. The rotary joint connects the
pedestal to the base electrically.
Rotary joint
Level cargo
Anti-vibration mount
Fig.7.2.4 Antenna unit with radome removed
The stabilization of the antenna is achieved by the active 3-axis control to compensate
ship motion: yaw, pitch, and roll. The axes include AZ axis, EL axis, and cross-EL axis.
The AZ, EL, and Cross-EL axes are at right angles each other. The AZ post rotates 360
degrees. The antenna elevation angle is set with the EL axis and the antenna is kept
level with the Cross-EL axis. An angular rate sensor is mounted on each axis to detect
ship motion. The sensor produces a voltage proportional to the rate of rotation about the
sensor’s input axis. At every power-on, the elevation angle is reset to 45 degrees by
using the clinometer in the level cargo.
EL
EL
ANT
dish
Cross EL
Cross EL
AZ AZ
Fig.7.2.5 Stabilized antenna pedestal
7-7
7.2.3 Helical-array Antenna

The antenna consists of 15 helical antennas, right-hand circular polarization. The
antenna gain is 20.3dBi over the TX/RX frequency range. The half-power beam width
is 15 degrees.
7.2.4 PCU (Pedestal Control Unit)

The PCU communicates with the communication unit (BDE) via HPA CONT board
(16P0202). The PCU receives a signal, from T.RECEIVER Board (16P0201) to monitor
the signal strength. See Fig.7.2.3. The PCU points the antenna toward the satellite and
tracks the satellite signal in the following sequence.
1. At power-on, the level cargo rotates ccw until it hits the stopper.
2. The level cargo rotates cw 45 degrees.
3. The level cargo becomes level. That is, Antenna elevation angle is set to 45 degrees.
7-8
4. Cross-EL axis becomes level.
5. Antenna elevation angle is set to one which is used before power-off.
6. The antenna rotates cw to point at the satellite in the last use.
7. Now, the system receives NCS CC signal from the satellite.
8. Receiving the signal from T.RECEIVER(16P0201) board, the antenna points at the
satellite accurately in the conical scan technique.
7-9
Antenna Movement flow chart

At every power-on, the system points the antenna at the satellite which is used before
power-off. The system tries to receive No.1 NCS CC signal if the No.0 NCS CC signal
is not received. If the system fails to receive No.1 NCS CC signal, it searches the
satellite in all directions.
Fig.7.2.6 Antenna movement control flow (1/2)
7-10
Fig.7.2.6 Antenna movement control flow (2/2)
Table below lists the commands which the BDE outputs to ADE. The command is 4
MHz, ASK-modulated 9600bps signal.
Table 7.2.1 Commands from BDE to ANT (PCU)
Command Remarks
Requests antenna status such as Initialization, Ideling,
1 ATB Status Req.
Tracking and Blocking.
2 ATB Type Req. Requests antenna type.
3 Stop ATB Stops antenna movement.
4 Continue Search Used to continue satellite search.
This command is output when the system synchronizes
5 TDM Syn CH Sig.
with NCS CC signal.
6 ATB Search CHN. Searches NCS CC channel.
7 Set Elevation Sets elevation angle.
8 ATB Change CHN. Changes NCS CC channel.
7-11
Change of Handset display

The system acquires the satellite signal automatically. Fig.7.2.7 shows the change of the
handset display during the acquisition of the 1OR satellite signal at power-on. The
satellite used before power-off is selected again at the next power-on.
Furuno Fleet
Euro ISDN
Power ON
KDDIIOR
linitializ Antenna initialization
(EL45 deg.)
KDDIIOR
Searching
e.g.) [MENU] _... "SAT. Search" _... IOR
KDDIIOR Searching IOR

Elevation angle is set to that of the
Searching AZ setting Elevation 8 selected satellite. Then, the antenna
rotates to point forward the satellite.
KDDIIOR Tunning IOR

Elevation 8 Receiving NCSCC signal, the antenna
Searching Receiving NCS CC points at the satellite for the strongest
/11111 receiving signal.
/11111
t
Bt Update Bulletin board
if necessary
KDDIIOR
Update
KDDIIOR
Ready for call
/11111 Ready
Fig.7.2.7 Change of handset display (at power-on)
7-12
Search Sequence in continue seek

When the system can not acquire the satellite signal for 4 seconds or more, the system
searches the satellite in all directions (called “continue seek”). The antenna rotates 360
degrees with the elevation angles, 5, 25, 45, 65 and 85 degrees. Fig.7.2.8 shows the
change of the handset display during full search mode.
Fig.7.2.8 Change of handset display during full search
7-13
7.2.5 Antenna Control Signals

Following signals are input and output to and from the antenna unit. The ASK
modulated signal is split from other signal by the spliter on HPA CONT board,
16P0202.
Table 7.2.2 Control signals
Signal Level Remarks

-7+2dBm
TX controls signals
- MPDS
a) TX and power control signals
Uplink: 16kbps
Modem-1 (from BDE to ADE)
10.7 MHz Downlink:4.8kbps
(Half Duplex) b) Error signal
- UDI/Voice/FAX
(from ADE to BDI)
Uplink: 4kbps
Downlink: 2kbps
Modem-2 0+2dBm
4 MHz Antenna control signal
(Half Duplex) 9600bps
Modem-3 0+2dBm
30 MHz GPS data (NMEA)
(ADE -> BDE) 4800bps
Fig.7.2.9 Block diagram of HPA CONT board
7-14
7.2.6 TX circuit in Antenna Unit

HPA CONT board, 16P0202 receives 1643.5+17 MHz, 0dBm signal from the BDE and
delivers it to HPA board 16P0198. The output signal from HPA board is supplied to the
antenna (20.3dBi) via the diplexer with 0.5dB attenuation. The HPA is a linear amplifier.
The HPA CONT board power-controls the TX signal and turns on and off the HPA
cooling fan. HPA board feeds back temperature and RF signal level to HPA CONT
board.
Fig.7.2.10 TX circuit
The system provides variable transmission power capability in both the forward and
return directions. The purpose of forward power control is to conserve satellite L-band
power for SCPC channels operating in the “Voice” and “Data” modes. The purpose of
the return power control is to reduce adjacent channel interference, and the MES power
consumption. Unlike the baseline Inmarsat-M system, the forward and return power
adjustment during a call is dependent on the signal quality of the assigned SCPC
channels.
Table 7.2.3 Power control of SDM
Service EIRP Control width

MPDS 32 to 26dBW 1dB step
UDI 32 to 22dBW 2dB step
3.1k Audio 32 to 22dBW 2dB step
64k Speech 32 to 22dBW 2dB step
4.8k Speech 20 to 5dBW 2dB step
BPSK（RQ/Response） 20 to 5dBW 2dB step
7-15
Setup of MES Initiated TEL Call
LES NCS MES

caned su bscn'ber's
international
telephone number
MESRQ Access Request SU

Add MESto
LES busy list -- MES ID field contains
Hardware ID
MES times out if assignment

is not received on NCSA.
R:Juast for channel LESI If the timer expires,
ass ~nment SU. tunes back to MESRQand
MES I field contains ....... Add MES to LES busy list 181ransmlts request burst
Hardware ID. Number of attempts =2
Channal881 gnmentSU
NSCI NCSA
--
IJ
~
MESID!ield ~ntaim.1 Hardware ID.
N=1 for portable MESs
In] times N=2 for maritima & mobile MESs
~
l
Start CINo
MES-SIG
Service address SUs &
saambHng vector advice
SU alternately.
measurement MES ID fields where a~Hcable
contain the HardWare I .
LES-SIG
Authentication query ISU
Authentication query ISU ~
Start CJNo measurement
MES ID field contains
Hardware ID
MES-SIG Authentication reply SUs

Hardware ID
t
~
- Authentication reply field

is sat to all 0.
Ton-"'
set-up procedure f-
LESV Ringing tone•

stop C/No measurement &
send power control SUs
M ES ID field contains SUB
Hardware ID ~ Stop CJNo measurement
SUB Power control SUs

Adjust forward EIRP MES ID field contains
answer signal r-- Hardware ID
Adjust return EIRP
LES contact SUs SUB
MES ID fteld contains ~
Hardware ID
SUB MES contact SUs

--
~
'----- c__
Hardware ID
D : In band Signalling mode "If busy tone or network congestion Is received

instead of ringing tone, clearing sequence by
D :Voice mode the calling party wiU follow.
Fig 7.2.11 Setup of MES Initiated TEL Call
7-16
1. HPA CONT Board

The gain of Q2 is controlled by U1 to U5 so that the output level of Q2 is kept constant
with cable loss of 5 to 15dB. In other words, Q2 and U1 to U5 compensate signal level
0 dBm to +10Bm. APA controller circuit (U5 to U7) receives “EIRP level” signal from
the CPU (U505) and RF output detected signal (AD3314out) from HPA board. Q4 and
Q6 are gain-controlled by APC controller circuit, so that the system transmits with the
signal in determined EIRP.
Important!
HPA CONT board is factory–adjusted with HPA board, so these boards must be
handled in pair.
Fig.7.2.12 Block diagram of HPA CONT board (TX circuit)
7-17
If the antenna unit detects an error, an error signal is delivered to the BDE by using 10.7
MHz, ASK-modulated signal. Following antenna error messages are displayed in vtLite
Marine display.
Table 7.2.4 Antenna error messages
Detected signal Error indication Remark

RF signal detected at no
Unauthorised Transmission.
transmission period.
Missing Output. No RF signal at transmission.
RF DETECTOR V Output power exceeding +5dB or
(Detected by HPA board) Tx Aborted, Output too high.
more.
Tx Aborted, Supervision timed
RF signal exceeds TX burst time.
out.
LM60Cout OverTemp.
(TEMP SENSER on HPA Over temperature limit has been Over temperature
board) exceed. Transmitter switched off.
CURRENT MONITOR Not used Not used
(Detected by PWR board)
7-18
2. HPA Board
The HPA amplifies 16-state Quatrature Amplitude Modulation (16 QAM) signal
linearly. The RF signal detector U5 detects RF signal at the final stage of the transmitter
and outputs “AD8314out” signal to HPA CONT board. The temperature sensor U4
outputs temperature data “LM60Cout.” When the temperature reaches 55 deg., the
cooling fan is activated. At 120 deg., no VCCA(6V) is supposed to HPA board from
HPA CONT board and FETs turn off with no bias voltage. Fig.7.2.14 shows Input level
vs. Output level of HPA circuit. “HPA only” is obtained by using HPA board only
without the feedback circuit and “EIRP” by using HPA and HPA CONT boards. Two
EIRPs in Fig.7.2.14 are high and low EIRPs, with the feedback circuit, the constant
output power is obtained with various input livel.
+28V +28V +28V

PA
Q1 Q2 Q3
MRF281ZR1 MRF2822R1 MRF18060A
U2 U3
R2 R9 R18
BIAS ADJ. BIAS ADJ. BIAS ADJ.

+5V +5V +5V
RF DET
AD8314ARM [J2]
U5 AD8314 out
5
Temp. DET LM60C
U4 LM60Cout
HPA 3
+5V Reg. T5V
(160198) +5V 4
U1 VCCA(6V)
1
+28V [J2]
+28V
Fig.7.2.13 Block diagram of HPA board
Fig.7.2.14 Input vs. Output of HPA circuit
7-19
7.2.7 RX Circuit in Antenna Unit

1. LNA chassis
The LNA chassis consists of a diplexer and a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA). The coaxial
cable carries +6V to LNA. The diplexer isolates RX and TX signals with Band Pass
Fillers.
LNA
- RX antenna gain : 20.3dBi
- LNA gain : 40 to 44dB
- NF : Diplexer + LNA1.5dB
Diplexer
- Isolation : 80dB or more (From ANT to RX)
75dB or more (From TX to ANT)
- Loss : 0.5dB or less
- Power : 30W or more
- VSWR : 1.5 or less
2. Receiver in HPA CONT board

The output from LNA is sent to the down converter and Broard Band (B.B) Receiver
for DGPS decoder on HPA CONT board. The gain of 246 MHz IF signal amplifier is 18
dB to 23dB and the gain of B.B receiver is about 6dB. The output from LNA is also
supplied to T.Receiver via HPA CONT board.
Fig. 7.2.15 Block diagram of HPA CONT board (Receiver circuit)
7-20
3. Tracking Receiver
Tracking Receiver (T.Receiver) is used to track the satellite. Thus, the system always
receives NCS common channel signal.
The receiver outputs “RECEIVER OUTPUT” signal to PCU board and
The antenna tracking system is controlled to be a maximum of RECEIVER OUTPUT
signal from T. Receiver board.
Conical scan technique is used to change the antenna direction.
Fig.7.2.16 Block diagram of T.Receiver board
The frequency data of the NCS common channel is sent from the communication unit to
the Antenna unit. DDS and PLL in T.Receiver are set for this frequency. When PLL
unlocks, it is reset to the same frequency. When PLL is defective, the system searches
the satellite in all directions because of no NCS CC signal.
Fig.7.2.17 Conical scanning
7-21
7.2.8 PWR (16P0192) Board

The switching regulator generates +27.5V for HPA, +12V, and +6.5V with +48V from
the communication unit. The input and output circuits use the same grounding line. 5A
fuse is provided on the board.
Fuse
Power switch
Fig.7.2.18 HPA chassis
Table 7.2 5 Method of main power
Items Condition Ratings

Input +46 to +50VDC +27.5+0.5V, +12+0.5V, +6.5+0.2V
Input low voltage
36 to 40VDC Shutdown.
protector
Input over voltage
51 to 55VDC Shutdown.
protector
Over-current
27.5V line with 3-ohm load 27.5V drops to 19 to 25V.
protector
Short-circuit 27.5V and 6.5V lines with 0.1-ohm
Activation of protector.
protector load.
Fig. 7.2.19 Board diagram of PWR board
7-22
Appendix 1) LES Access Code
AP 1.2 Inmarsat-MPDS Status
AP 1.1 Access Code

Table AP1.1.1 Ocean Region Access Code
All Ocean Region

POR IOR AOR-W AOR-E
TEL/FAX 870 872 873 874 871
Table AP1.1.2 Fleet LES Access Codes
Fleet F77 17 December 2003

Ocean Region
Land Earth Station Operator Country
AOR-E AOR-W IOR POR
Beijing MCN China 868 868
France Telecom France 011 011 011 011
KDDI Japan 003 003 003 003
Malaysia Telekom Malaysia 060 060 060 060
OTE Greece 005 005 005
Singapore Telecom Singapore 210 210 210 210
Stratos(Goonhilly LES) United Kingdom 002 002 002
Stratos (Auckland LES) New Zealand 002
Telecom Italia Italy 555 555
Telenor Satellite Services AS Norway 004 004 004 004
Telenor Satellite Services Inc. USA 001 001 001 001
Xantic Netherlands 012 012 012 012
Xantic Australia 022 022
Fleet 55 17 December 2003
France Telecom France 011 011 011
Stratos (Goonhilly LES) United Kingdom 002 002 002
Xantic (Burum LES) Netherlands 012 012 012 012
Xantic (Perth LES) Australia 022 022
Fleet 33 17 December 2003
France Telecom France 011 011 011
Stratos(Goonhilly LES) United Kingdom 002 002 002
Xantic (Burum LES) Netherlands 012 012 012 012
Xantic (Perth LES) Australia 022 022
AP1-1

27 May 2003
Key:
MPDS – Mobile Packet Data System RLES – Regional Land Earth Station
SBS – Satellite Base Station HLES – Home Land Earth Station
SAN – Satellite Access Node
Table AP1.2.1 MPDS Access Codes
Ocean Region SAN ID (decimal)

AORE 245
AORW 246
IOR 243
POR 244
Table AP1.2.2 SBS Location

SBS Location
Ocean Region Manufacturer
Primary / Backup
Goonhilly AORE and/or AORW Thrane & Thrane
Eik AORW and/or AORE Thrane & Thrane
Sentosa IOR and/or POR Thrane & Thrane
Yamaguchi POR and/or IOR Thrane & Thrane
Table AP1.2.3 RLES

RLES Service Ocean RLES ID
RLES Location Manufacturer
Provider Region (hex)
AORE 5CH Southbury Telenor USA
AORW 5DH Southbury Telenor USA
Telenor USA
IOR DCH Eik Telenor USA
POR 5FH Santa Paula Telenor USA
AORE 46H Goonhilly NERA
Stratos Mobile AORW 45H Goonhilly NERA
Networks IOR 69H Goonhilly NERA
POR 3AH Auckland NERA
AORE 0CH Burum NERA
AORW 2AH Burum NERA
IOR 14H Burum NERA
POR 1BH Perth NERA
Xantic
AORE A5H Burum NERA
AORW A6H Burum NERA
IOR 60H Perth NERA
POR 61H Perth NERA
AORE 1CH Fucino NERA
Telecom Italia
IOR 2BH Fucino NERA
AP1-2
Table AP1.2.4 LES Provider

Global LES
LES Ocean Access HLES Les User Supporting
Manufacturer
Provider Region Code Location Type RLES
(decimal)
AORE 001 Southbury Telenor USA Dedicated Telenor USA
Telenor AORW 001 Southbury Telenor USA Dedicated Telenor USA
USA IOR 001 Eik Dedicated Telenor USA Telenor USA
POR 001 Santa Paula Telenor USA Dedicated Telenor USA
Stratos Stratos
All Ocean
Mobile 002 Goonhilly NERA Dedicated Mobile
Regions
Networks Networks
All Ocean
KDDI 003 Yamaguchi Thrane & Thrane Dedicated Telenor USA
Regions
Telenor All Ocean
004 Eik Thrane & Thrane Dedicated Telenor USA
Norway Regions
All Ocean
OTE 005 Thermopylae NERA Dedicated Telenor USA
Regions
AP1-3
AP 1.3 Inmarsat-Fleet F77, F55, F33 and Swift 64 LES Status
1 October 2003
Key:
GLR-L : Mobility Management
F77 LSV : Fleet F77 low speed voice - 4.8 kbit/s speech codec rate, no FEC;
F77 HSD : 64kbit/s SPEECH, 64kbit/s UDI, 64kbit/s 3.1 KHz AUDIO, 56 kbit/s DATA
F55 HSD : 64kbit/s SPEECH, 64kbit/s UDI, 64kbit/s 3.1 KHz AUDIO, 56 kbit/s DATA
F33 Fax : Fleet F33 Facsimile - 9.6 kbit/s information rate, rate-3/4 FEC;
F33 : Data – Fleet F33 Data - 9.6 kbit/s information rate, rate-1/2 FEC;
Swift 64 LSV : Swift64 low speed voice- 4.8 kbit/s speech codec rate, no FEC;
Swift 64 HSD : 64kbit/s SPEECH, 64kbit/s UDI, 64kbit/s 3.1 KHz AUDIO, 56 kbit/s DATA
Table AP1.3.1 LES Status AOR-E (1/6)
Global LES
Ocean Manu- Les User
LES Name LES Provider Access LES Code LES ID Status
Region facturer Type
Code
F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD;
France F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Aussaguel NERA Host 011 ASE 0DH
Telecom F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
GLRL
F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
AOR-E Xantic -
Burum NERA Host 012 BRE 0CH F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
(Station 12)
Swift 64 HSD and Swift 64 LSV;
GLR-L
Eik Telenor Norway NERA Dedicated 004 EKE 34H F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
GLRL
AP1-4
Global LES
Code
Stratos Mobile F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Goonhilly NERA Host 002 GME 46H
Networks Swift 64 HSD and Swift 64 LSV;
GLR-L
Fucino Telecom Italia NERA Dedicated 555 FCE 1CH F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
GLRL
Southbury Telenor USA TSSI Host 001 SBE 02H F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Swift 64 HSD and Swift 64 LSV
F77 HSD;
Southbury 2 Telenor USA TSSI Host 405 SME 5CH
AOR-E Swift 64 HSD
Thermopylae OTE NERA Dedicated 005 TME 9AH
GLRL
KDDI at
KDDI NERA Shared 003 YME 37H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Aussaguel
SingTel at Stratos Mobile
NERA Shared 210 STE 56H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Goonhilly Networks
Telekom
Malaysia Telenor USA TSSI Shared 060 KNE 77H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
at Southbury
Telekom
Malaysia Telenor USA TSSI Shared 406 KME 91H F77 HSD
at Southbury 2
AP1-5
Global LES
Code
Aussaguel NERA Host 011 ASW 3FH
GLRL
Xantic -
Burum NERA Dedicated 012 BRW 2AH F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
(Station 12)
GLR-L
Eik Telenor Norway NERA Dedicated 004 EKW 35H F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
GLRL
Stratos
AOR-W F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Goonhilly Mobile NERA Host 002 GMW 45H
Networks
GLR-L
Southbury Telenor USA TSSI Host 001 SBW 01H F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
F77 HSD;
Southbury 2 Telenor USA TSSI Host 405 SMW 5DH
Swift 64 HSD
KDDI at
KDDI NERA Shared 003 YMW 38H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Aussaguel
OTE at
OTE NERA Shared 005 TMW 9CH F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Aussaguel
SingTel at Stratos Mobile
NERA Shared 210 STW 57H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Goonhilly Networks
AP1-6

Global LES
Code
Telekom
Malaysia Telenor USA TSSI Shared 060 KNW 78H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
AOR-W at Southbury
Telekom
Malaysia Telenor USA I TSS Shared 406 KMW 92H F77 HSD
at Southbury 2
Aussaguel NERA Dedicated 011 ASI 0FH
GLRL
Xantic - F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Burum NERA Dedicated 012 BRI 14H
(Station 12) F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
GLR-L
Eik Telenor Norway NERA Host 004 EKI 09H F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
GLRL
IOR F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD;
Stratos Mobile F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Goonhilly NERA Dedicated 002 GMI 69H
Networks Swift 64 HSD and Swift 64 LSV;
GLR-L
Fucino Telecom Italia NERA Dedicated 555 FCE 2BH F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
GLRL
F55 LSV and F55 HSD
Xantic -
Perth 2 NERA Dedicated 022 PMI 60H F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
(Telstra)
GLR-L
AP1-7

Global LES
Code
Singapore F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD;
Sentosa NERA Dedicated 210 STI 10H
Telecom GLRL
Thermopylae OTE NERA Dedicated 005 TMI 9BH
GLRL
Yamaguch KDDI NERA Dedicated 003 YMI 7BH
GLRL
IOR
Telekom
Telekom
Malaysia NERA Shared 060 KNI 76H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Malaysia
at Eik
Telenor USA
Telenor USA NERA Shared 001 ETI 43H F55 LSV and F55 HSD
at Eik
Stratos Swift 64 HSD and Swift 64 LSV;
Auckland NERA Dedicated 002 AKP 3AH
New Zealand F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
GLRL
Xantic -
Perth 2 NERA Host 022 PMP 61H F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
(Telstra)
POR GLR-L
Santa Paula Telenor USA TSSI Host 001 SPP 03H F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Santa Paula 2 Telenor USA TSSI Host 405 SMP 5FH F77 HSD, Swift 64 HSD
Singapore F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD;
Sentosa NERA Dedicated 210 STP 11H
Telecom GLRL
Yamaguchi KDDI NERA Host 003 YMP 7CH
GLRL
AP1-8

Global LES
Code
France
France
Telecom at NERA Shared 011 ASP 40H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Telecom
Yamaguchi
Telekom
Malaysia
Telenor USA TSSI Shared 060 KNP 33H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
at Santa
Paula
Telekom
POR Malaysia
Telenor USA TSSI Shared 406 KMP 93H F77 HSD
at Santa
Paula 2
Telenor at
Telenor USA TSSI Shared 004 EKP 20H F77 LSV (Distress) and F77 HSD
Santa Paula
Telenor at
Santa Paula 2
Telenor USA TSSI Shared 409 EMP A0H F77 HSD
Xantic at Xantic -
NERA Shared 012 BRP 1BH F55 LSV and F55 HSD;
Perth 2 (Station 12)
F33 LSV, F33 Fax and F33 Data;
AP1-9
Table AP1.3.2 Distress Backup LES
Distress Backup LES
Type
Ocean Manu- Global LES
LES Name LES Provider Les User LES Code LES ID Status
Region facturer Access
Code
AORE Southbury Telenor USA TSSI Host 001 SBE 02H F77 LSV Distress Backup
AORW Southbury Telenor USA TSSI Host 001 SBW 09H F77 LSV Distress Backup
IOR Eik Telenor Norway NERA Host 004 EKI 09H F77 LSV Distress Backup
POR Santa Paula Telenor USA TSSI Host 001 SPP 03H F77 LSV Distress Backup
AP1-10
Appendix 2) Specifications
1. COMMUNICATION UNIT
1.1 Transmit Frequency 1626.5 to1660.5 MHz
1.2 Receiver Frequency 1525.0 to 1559.0 MHz
1.3 Tuning Steps 5 kHz (telex, voice), 40 kHz (HSD/MPDS)
1.4 Reception Sensitivity -4 dB/K or more
1.5 EIRP 32 dBW (UDI/MPDS), 20 dBW (BPSK/O-QPSK)
1.6 Modulation
-Voice O-QPSK/ 4.8 kbps
-MES signal BPSK/3 kbps
-HSD data/facsimile 16QAM/ 64 kbps
-HSD MPDS 16QAM/ 64 kbps
1.7 Access Method SCPC/FDMA: -Voice, -Facsimile, -UDI
TDMA/FDMA: MPDS
2. ANTENNA UNIT
2.1 Gain 20.3 ｄBi or more
2.2 Frequency Deviation Right-circular deviation
2.3 Axial Ratio 2.0 dB or less
2.4 Stabilization Triple-axis active control
2.5 Positioning Range AZ: 360°, no-rewind, EL: 5° to 90°
2.6 Positioning Accuracy Better than ±3 deg. (elevation/azimuth)
2.7 Tracking Circular tracking system
3. UNITS FABRICATIONS
3.1 ISDN Handset RJ-45 connector
3.2 Analog Telephone RJ-45 connector and Terminal Board, 2-wires
3.3 G3 facsimile RJ-45 connector and Terminal Board, 2-wires
3.4 ISDN Communication RJ-45 connector, ISDN phone/rooter, G4 facsimile
3.5 Data transmission RS-232C/ RS-422, D-sub connector
3.6 Distress Alarm Unit Terminal board, 4-wires
4. POWER SUPPLY
4.1 Communication Unit 100-240 VAC, 1 phase, 50-60Hz, 1.47-0.89A.
AP2-1
5. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION
5.1 Ambient Temperature
- Antenna Unit -25°C to +55°C
- Communication Unit/ ISDN Handset 0°C to +45°C
5.2 Relative Humidity 93% at 40°C
5.3 Enclosure IEC 60529
- Antenna Unit: IPX6
- Communication Unit/ ISDN Handset IPX0
5.4 Vibration IEC 60945
5.5 Movement
- Roll ±30°/ 8 s
- Pitch ±10°/ 6 s
- Yaw ±8°/ 50 s
- Surge ±0.2 G
- Sway ±0.2 G
- Heave ±0.5 G
- Circular 6°/ s
- Speed 30 kt
6. COATING COLOR
6.1 Antenna Unit N9.5
6.2 Communication Unit N1.0
6.3 ISDN Handset N1.0
6.4 Distress Alarm Unit N1.0
AP2-2
Appendix 3) Setup for MPDS/UDI
AP3.1 Setup
- Windows XP is used as an example. Ensure that vtLite Marine is closed.

- FELCOM 70 USB driver software is installed on the PC when the USB port on
the PC is used for MPDS, UDI, and vtLite Marine. See page 3-5, when the USB
driver (Nera F77 USB modem) install.
AP3.1 Setup
AP3.1.1 Installation of Standard modem
1. Open the Control Panel on the PC and double-click the Phone and Modem Options
icon.
2. Click the Modems tab. Click Add, see next page.
AP3-1
AP3.1 Setup
3. In the Add Hardware Wizard window check "Don't detect my modem", and click
Next. Select Standard 33600 bps Modem in the Models field, and click Next.
4. Select the port to which the Modem driver should be installed.

Click Next and then Finish to complete the installation.
AP3-2
AP3.1 Setup
5. Opening the Phone and Modem Options window confirms the established modem
connection. Select “Standard 33600 bps Modem”.
Note: The setup for data transfer to the CU is based on the Windows
2000/XP default parameters:
8 data bits - no parity - 1 stop bit - flow ctrl: Hardware

Clicking Properties allows checking the parameters.
Cont’d
AP3-3
AP3.1 Setup
AP3.1.2 Setup for Network Connections

6. Open the Control Panel on the PC and double-click the Network Connections icon.
7. Click Create a new connection to open the New Connection Wizard.

Click Next.
AP3-4
AP3.1 Setup
8. Check Connect to the Internet. Click Next. Check Set up my connection manually.
Click Next.
9. Check “Connect using a dial-up modem”. Click Next.
10. Check “Modem Standard 33600 bps Modem.” Click Next. Note that check
“Nera F77 USB modem” when using USB port.
Enter the name for the connection, e.g. MPDS. Click Next.
AP3-5
AP3.1 Setup
11. When the MPDS call;

Entering phone number **94# automatically connects you to the Internet Service
Provider through your default Net Provider. Click Next.
Check Anyone's use, and click Next.
When the UDI call;
Entering phone number, e.g. 008166850170 (provider access point)
automatically connects you to the Internet Service Provider through your default
Net Provider. Click Next.
Check Anyone's use, and click Next.
Note: Hash # may be

omitted on some PCs/
Windows versions.
Note) Switching between MPDS and ISDN mode

The connection window provides sensing on the Phone number.
If dialing an international number instead of **94#, the terminal switches back
to ISDN mode of operation.
AP3-6
AP3.1 Setup
12. Enter name and password for the connection.

Uncheck Turn on Internet Connection Firewall for this connection. Click Next.
Complete the New Connection, click Finish.
New Connection Wi.zard
Internet Account lniOtmatton ~

Yot.~ will need., .OCCCJUI'j name ond Plt$'MC1d to SlfTI (1 to ycu lnteo!'net oceotrt ~
Type an ISP account name and passwtlld, t.--.en wrie down this rlor!Miion and store ~ i1 a
ule place. Ul you have forgotten an ~ accOtri name or pimWOI'd, ccnl:act your ISP)
NeraS6tcom
0 Use tl'tt accot.11t name and password \"'hen ~ connects: to the lr(eme( horn
lhsc01"/1P'tm
0 Meke lhn h defd lnt«net comection
(~~....~f~·-<·£[;;...:};;~) t1
~~~
MPOS
• M~e this the default connection
• This connection is firew.sted
• Share ~h all users of this computer
• Use the s.!lme user name & password for everyone
The connection winbe saved in the N ~work
_________
C()t)l)ec~ f~ --- _ ._,
Add a shortcut to thi; COI'll1e(;tion to my desktop -""'

......_ "-
To create the connection and close this wiz<lfd, d ck Finish
~~
Cont’d
AP3-7
AP3.1 Setup
AP3.1.3 Checking default settings

13. Double-click Network Connections in the Control Panel.
14. Right-click the MPDS dial-up connection and click Properties.

Note) The icon of MPDS dial-up connection was made in item 10.
AP3-8
AP3.1 Setup
15. Check settings in the MPDS Properties window:

[Connect using] See item 10.
- When using serial port,
“Modem - Standard 33600 bps Modem (COM1)”
- When using USB port
“Nera F77 USB Modem”
[Phone number] See item 11.
- When MPDS call,
“**94#”
- When UDI call,
“Entering phone number, e.g. 008166850170”
Click Configure.
16. In the Modem Configuration window, check that the Maximum speed (bps) is set
to 115200.
AP3-9
AP3.1 Setup
17. In the MPDS Properties window, click Networking and check that Internet
Protocol (TCP/IP) is selected. Click Settings.
In the PPP Settings window, Negotiate multi-link for single link connections
should be unchecked.
Note)
Conform the TCP/IP Properties
- When MPDS call, “**94#”
Not need to set (default setting).
- When UDI call, e.g. 008166850170
Setting follows the Net provider information.
Cont’d
AP3-10
AP3.1 Setup
AP3.1.4 Connecting to server

Initiating an call
Open the Control Panel on the PC and double-click the MPDS icon in the Network
Connections window (i.e. the preset dial-up connection).
Click Dial to establish the connection to the server. See Connection in progress on
next page.
FELCOM 70
AP3-11
AP3.1 Setup
Connection in progress:
Displayed on the PC screen:
The FELCOM 70 ISDN Handset displays:

(must be in diagnostic mode).
MPDS: TUNED
AOR-E Spot:6
MPDS:Registering
AOR-E Spot:6
MPDS:Registered
AOR-E Spot:6
MPDS:Connected
AOR-E Spot:6
When connected:
Open the browser/program to be

used on the connection.
AP3-12
AP3.1 Setup
Connection status:
Appears when right-clicking the MPDS dial-up icon or clicking the PC icons in the
lower right corner of the screen.
Note: Click Disconnect when shutting down the call.

It is not enough to close the browser alone.
When you use Mail,

Set “Mail Account”. For example, if you use the “Outlook Express”, set Mail
Address, POP server, SMTP server, account name, password, and so no in Tool ->
Account menu.
AP3-13
AP3.1 Setup
Note) All dialups are dialed in MPDS.

Use “AT+WS45=1” to set port back to normal mode (SCPC).
1) When using serial port, RS-232A or B port

Adding “AT+WS45=1” to Extra Setting in Properties -> Advance in “Modem
Standard 33600 bps Modem”.
2) When using USB port.

Adding “AT+WS45=1” to Extra Setting in Properties -> Advance in “Nera Generic
USB Modem”.
AP3-14
AP3.2 Troubleshooting
AP3.2.1 MPDS/RS-232
The list shown below is the troubleshooting, which the following case is connected with
RS232 port.

1. No contact with modem or Wrong setup of • Make sure the vtLite
busy Communication Unit. settings are correct, see
RS-232 configuration.
vtLite marine uses the Press Save settings.
same port. • Try autodect if problems
with the connection.
• Try different speed and
COM port settings.
• Close vtLite marine.
2. Cannot find Dial Up Dial up connection not • Contact your PC

Networking: installed. vendor to get the
software.
3. Connection unsuccessful: Other end is not an • It is not possible to use

ISDN connection. the RS-232 port if the
modem on the receiver
side is not an ISDN
modem.
Wrong connection • Check the phone

details. number, user name and
password with your
service provider.
• Check whether the 64
kbps data UDI is
commissioned.
• Using vtLite Marine,
check configuration in
Device Maneger.
4. Cable length Guaranteed length: 1.5 • Recommended

m maximum length: 3 m
5. All dialups dial in MPDS • Use AT+WS45=1 to set

port back to normal
mode.
AP3-15
6. Using Win 98 / NT • Win 98 requires a user

name and a password
even if the Net provider
does not.
• “Logging onto network”
should be unchecked.
• Driver 28800 bps can
also be used.
Remember 115000 bps
port speed.
7. User name and password Some PCs always • Enter any

illegal require name/password to
username/password. ensure a successful call.
AP3.2.2 MPDS/USB
USB port.

1. No contact with Wrong setup of • Check cable connection.
modem: Communication Unit. • Disconnect USB cable, and
reconnect.
• On PC, open Phone and Modem
options and check whether USB
Modem driver is connected to COM
port. If not:
1. Remove Modem in Phone and
Modem options.
2. Remove previous USB
installations via Control
Panel>System>Hardware>Devic
e Manager. Double-click universal
serial Bus Controller and uninstall
the USB universal Host
Controller.
Warning! Remove all USB
drivers.
3. Start again from page 4.
2. Cannot find Network connection not • Contact your PC vendor to get the
Network installed. software.
Connection:
AP3-16
3. Connection Other end is not an • It is not possible to use the USB

unsuccessful: ISDN connection. port if the modem on the receiver
side is not an ISDN modem.
Wrong connection • Check the phone number, user
details. name and password with your
service provider.
• Check whether the 64 kbps data
UDI is commissioned.
4. Cable length: Guranteed length: 1.5 m • Recommended maximum length:
3m
5. Using vtLite • Remove vtLite Marine and USB
Marine via USB drivers, see problem 1.
fails: • Reinstall vtLite Marine.
6. Disconnects Wrong setting in dialup. • Check properties>options>idle
after some time before hang up.
time:
7. All dialups dial • Use AT+WS45=1 to set port
in MPDS mode: back to normal mode.
8. Using Win 98: • Win 98 requires a user name
and a password even if the Net
provider does not.
• "Logging onto network" should
be unchecked.
9. Username and Some PCs always require • Enter any name/password to
password username/password ensure a successful call.
illegal:
AP3-17
AP3.2.3 UDI/RS-232
RS232 port.

1. No contact with Wrong setup of • Make sure the vtLite settings are
modem or busy Communication Unit. correct, see RS-232
vtLite marine uses the configuration.
same port. Press Save settings.
• Try autodect if problems with the
connection.
• Try different speed and COM
port settings.
• Close vtLite marine
2. Cannot find Dial Dial up connection not • Contact your PC vendor to get
Up Networking: installed. the software.
3. Connection Other end is not an ISDN • It is not possible to use the
unsuccessful: connection. RS-232 port if the modem on the
receiver side is not an ISDN
modem.
Wrong connection details • Check the phone number, user
name and password with your
service provider.
• Check whether 64kbps data
UDI is commissioned.
• Using vtLite Marine, check
configuration in Device Manager.
4. Cable length Guaranteed length: 1.5 m • Recommended maximum
length: 3 m
in MPDS back to normal mode
6. Using Win 98 / • Win 98 requires a user name
NT and a password even if the Net
provider dose not.
• "Logging onto network" should
de unchecked.
• Driver 28800 bps can also be
used.
Remember 115000 bps port
speed.
7. User name and Some PCs always require • Enter any name/password to
password illegal username/password. ensure a successful call.
AP3-18
AP3.2.4 UDI/USB
USB port.

1. No contact with Wrong setup of • Check cable connection.
modem: Communication Unit. • Disconnect USB cable, and
reconnect.
• On PC, open Phone and Modem
options and check whether USB
Modem driver is connected to
COM port. If not:
1. Remove Modem in Phone and
Modem options.
2. Remove previous USB
installations via Control
Panel>System>
Hardware>Device Manager.
Double-click universal serial
Bus Controller and uninstall the
USB universal Host Controller.
Warning! Remove all USB
drivers.
3. Start again from page 3.
2. Cannot find Network connection not • Contact your PC vendor to get
Network installed. the software.
Connection:
3. Connection Other end is not an ISDN • It is not possible to use the USB
unsuccessful: connection. port if the modem on the receiver
side is not an ISDN modem.
Wrong connection details • Check the phone number, user
name and password with your
service provider.
• Check whether the 64kbps data
UDI is commissioned
4. Cable length Guranteed length: 1.5 m • Recommended maximum
length: 3 m
5. Using vtLite • Remove vtLite Marine and USB
Marine via USB drivers, see problem 1.
fails • Reinstall vtLite Marine.
6. Disconnects Wrong setting in dialup • Check properties>options>idle
after some time time before hang up.
AP3-19

in MPDS mode back to normal mode
8. Using Win 98 • Win 98 requires a user name
and a password even if the Net
provider does not.
• “Logging onto network” should
be unchecked.
9. Username and Some PCs always require • Enter any name/password to
password user name/password ensure a successful call.
illegal
AP3.2.5 Faultfinding
1. Checking your configuration
Connection attempt fails quickly and reports a hardware error with the modem
Check that no other application for example hyper-terminal or vtLite is using the serial
port and check that the serial cable is properly connected between the PC and the
terminal.
The MPDS real time status display starts but the connection fails to establish before
timing out.
Start hyper-terminal or another terminal emulator so AT commands can be entered to
the terminal.
First check the LES being used AT+WLES? The terminal will reply with the LES
access code being used. If this is not what you expect change the value with
AT+WLES=xxx and save the new value with AT&W now check that it is possible to
access the MPDS service by entering AT+WREG=1.
The real time status display should show “Allocating” “Tuning” and finally
“Registered”
If instead you see “Failed” “Inactive” then the terminal has not been able to connect to
the MPDS service with the given access code.
The result of the registration attempt is also shown to the AT interface.
If registration worked then deregister with AT+WREG=0.
The registration attempt above fails immediately
The error message is "Line busy".
Check that the MPDS service is an installed paid function on the terminal. Open menu
991 in vtlite after logging in as Owner. Scroll down the list of service and you should
see MPDS in the list. If not contact FURUNO.
The registration attempt succeeds but connection attempts fail

Check that the max speed of the modem that was setup is 115200bps.
AP3-20
2. Faultfinding
After starting the connection as described above one should see:
a) The dial up networking connection dialogue shows the normal progression of
“dialing” “verifying user name and password” and “registering your computer on
the network”
b) The real time status indication on the terminal should show “Registering” then
“Registered”
c) Once a “Connect” has been received from the host the Modem display/ISDN
Handset will show “Connected”.
d) The connection should be established and usable after the completion of PPP
negotiation.
Error and clear cause logging on the vtLite application window

The terminal includes call logging and a record of any errors that occur. To assist with
improving the system please note the contents of these if a problem is encountered.
C/No display Signal Strength Indication

For data communication it is of major importance that the mobile has a high enough
Carrier-to-Noise Ratio (C/No) before the call is established. (a voice call is not as
sensitive to this as a data call).
Before establishing any sort of data call (HSD or MPDS) verify that the display in
vtLite indicates minimum 535.
Diagnostics
To enable diagnostics open menu “Advanced Functions” -> “Configuration” -> “Enable
diagnostics” “9-7-4”
And select “On”. Press ESC key 4 times to return to the idle screen.
Version information
The versions of the software components used in your system are shown in menu
“Advanced functions” -> “Information available” -> “Misc version Id”.
Use the up/down arrow keys to navigate the list.
Minimum Modem software requirements:

FELCOM 70: 1.00 system version
See Information available in the User Manual
(vtLite function no.982).
AP3-21
Contents of Drawings
Name Type Dwg. No. Page

FELCOM 70
FELCOM 70 C5634-C01 S-1
Interconnection diagram
FELCOM 70
FELCOM 70 C5634-K01 S-2
Antenna unit block diagram
LNA 16P0190 C5634-K02 S-3
ADE HPA 16P0198 C5634-K03 S-4
16P0202 (1/10) C5634-K04 S-5
16P0202 (2/10) C5634-K05 S-6
16P0202 (3/10) C5634-K06 S-7
16P0202 (4/10) C5634-K07 S-8
16P0202 (5/10) C5634-K08 S-9
ADE HPA Control
16P0202 (6/10) C5634-K09 S-10
16P0202 (7/10) C5634-K10 S-11
16P0202 (8/10) C5634-K11 S-12
16P0202 (9/10) C5634-K12 S-13
16P0202 (10/10) C5634-K13 S-14
16P0192 (1/2) C5634-K14 S-15
PWR
16P0192 (2/2) C5634-K15 S-16
T. Receiver 16P0201 C5634-K16 S-17
S-0
S - 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
ANALOGUE FACSIMILE
SF-170
SF-171
アンテナユニット
アナログ電話 ANALOGUE TELEPHONE

ANTENNA UNIT
SF-870
SF-870
N-P-12DSFA
1φ,50-60Hz
アナログ電話 FCC755D1
J12
N-P-8DFB
100-240VAC
ISDN WALL SOCKET
ISDN WALL SOCKET
電話 TELEPHONE FCC755D1
100VAC
ISDN HANDSET
ISDN HANDSET
A
DBAR104001/888
アナログファックス
*2
IV-14SQ.
ANALOG TEL
FAX-8070P
MFC-4800J
OR
OR
(16S0116)
FAX-2850
DPYC-1.5
G3 FAX
STEP-UP TRANS
1φ,50-60Hz
*1
*3
12D-SFA-CV,100m,φ20,MAX.100m
8D-FB-CV,30/50/60m,φ14.3
接続箱
230VAC
E-300
*2 *2
RJ-11
RJ-11
JUNCTION BOX
DGPSデコーダ
DGPS DECODER
*1
34 56 34 56
SF-870
ISDN CABLE : MAX 100 m
(16S0277)
RX+
RX-
RX+
RX-
TX+
TX+
TX-
TX-
*3
P16-5-2,2m,φ6.5
ISDNハンドセット
ISDN WALL SOCKET
ISDN WALL SOCKET
*3
ISDN壁ソケット
ターミナルアダプタ
ACアダプタ
AC ADAPTOR
*3
ISDN HANDSET
RJ-45 TERMINAL ADAPTOR
*3
*3
102176
SF-870
SF-870
QDGY911912
SF-870
102176
*14
*CO-AX(50Ω)
KK-893-3977
SF-870
*13 *14
着信指示器(ベル)
N-P-12DSFA(>50m,OPTION)
INCOMING INDICATOR
TX-
RX+
RX-
TX+
9V
ミドリ GRN
B
シロ WHT
クロ BLK
4 5 3 6
φ13.5 *1
φ13.5 *1
TTYCS-1Q
TTYCS-1Q
BNC PLUG
N-P-8DFB
RJ-45
RJ-45
RJ-45
*2 *2
*2
*5
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J10
100-240VAC
ANT
TX-
RX+
RX-
TX-
RX+
RX-
TX+
TX+
DGPS OUT
GND
AC-H
AC-C
GND
RX+
TX+
TX-
RX-
RX+
TX+
TX-
RX-
TX
RX
TX
RX
DGPS
ISDN
ISDN
TEL3
TEL4
ISDN
ISDN
ISDN
ISDN
通信制御ユニット *8 *10 *8 *10 *6 *9 *11 *7 *9 *11
*8 *10 *8 *10
COMMUNICATION UNIT
SF-270
1.5MBPS
*8 *10 *8 *10
RS-442
Not used *12 *12
RS-232 A
RS-232 B
ISDN
ISDN
*9 *11 *9 *11 *9 *11 *9 *11
VBUS
GND
DCD
DTR
CTS
DCD
DTR
CTS
RTS
RTS
GND
GND
DSR
DSR
TEL4
TEL3
NMEA-
NMEA+
TEL2
TEL1
RI
RI
D-
D+
RD
TD
RD
TD
USB
TX-
RX+
RX-
TX-
RX+
RX-
TX+
RX+
RX-
TX+
TX+
TX-
IND
SW
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
17JE-23090-02(D8C)
17JE-23090-02(D8C)
MAX 3m
S16-4-15,15m,φ6
P P
φ10.1 *1
φ13.5 *1
TTYCS-1
TTYCS-1
TTYCS-1Q
BLU
RED
ミドリ GRN
YEL
MAX 100 m
φ13.5 *1
C
TTYCS-1Q
ストレート
ストレート
MAX 3 m
MAX 3 m
STRAIGHT
STRAIGHT
MAX 3 m
*13
アオ
アカ
キ
20 21 19 22
TX-
RX+
RX-
TX+
2 3 1 4 TB1 RS422-RS232C パソコン *4 パソコン *4 パソコン *4
S16-4-15
MJ-2S
L1 L2 *3 TB2
15m,φ6 IF *4 PC ＰＣＰＣ
遭難警報発呼器コネクションボックス
TX+ 2 シリアルプリンタシリアルプリンタ
*3 DISTRESS TX- 3
P
CONNECTION BOX SERIAL PRINTER
トランス(P) *2 ALERT UNIT SERIAL PRINTER
RX+ 1 QUFC911918
STEP-DOWN TRANS. *3 パソコン *4
SD-221 SF-370 RX- 4
P
AC-OUT PC
AC-IN
*1 接続箱
RX-
RX+
TX-
TX+
JUNCTION BOX
*2
(FOR FAX-2850/8070P)
3 4 5 6 4 5
*2 RJ45 RJ45
220-230 VAC, *2
(FOR MFC-4800J)
*2
1φ,50-60 Hz
(L1)
(L2)
ｽﾃｯﾌﾟｱｯﾌﾟﾄﾗﾝｽ
STEP-UP TRANS. ﾌｧｸｼﾐﾘ *3 ISDNハンドセット
FACSIMILE
TELEPHONE
E-300 AC-OUT FACSIMILE ISDN HANDSET

遭難警報発呼器 *3
DPYC-1.5
ﾌｧｸｼﾐﾘ
電話機
AC-IN *3 FAX-2850 SF-870

FAX-8070P DISTRESS ALERT UNIT
D 101818, 2m MFC-4800J
*1
100-115 VAC, 2.5m

1φ,50-60 Hz (FOR MFC-4800J)
*1 接続箱
JUNCTION BOX
*6: 端子台の TEL3 と並列。 DRAWN TITLE
注記： *1：造船所手配 K.MIYAZAWA
SHIPYARD SUPPLY
TEL3 PORT IS IN PARALLEL WITH SCREW TERMINALS. *11: 電話同等機器を接続 Feb. 2 '04 FELCOM 70
NOTE： *7: 端子台の TEL4 と並列。
TELEPHONE OR EQUIVALENT CAN BE CONNECTED.
*2：工場にて取付済
FITTED AT FACTORY.
TEL4 PORT IS IN PARALLEL WITH SCREW TERMINALS. *12: どちらか一方がメニューで選択
ONE OF TWO PORTS IS SELECTED BY MENU.
CHECKED
Takahashi T. 名称
インマルサットFLEET F77 船舶地球局
*3：オプション *8: 1つのポートの総ケーブル長は100m。
APPROVED
OPTION TOTAL LENGTH OF ISDN PORT IS 100 m. *13: 着信指示器（KK-893-3977）を挿入可能
INCOMING INDICATOR CAN BE INSERTED. Y. Hatai 相互結線図
*4：ユーザー手配 *9: 1つのポートの総ケーブル長は150m。
*14: 着信指示器は直列または並列に接続可能 SCALE MASS NAME
USER SUPPLY TOTAL LENGTH OF TEL PORT IS 150 m.
INCOMING INDICATOR CAN BE CONNECTED PARALLEL OR SERIES. kg INMARSAT FLEET F77 SES
*5：BNCプラグは同軸ケーブルに適合したものを使用。 *10: ISDN同等機器を接続
DWG No.
USE A BNC PLUG ADAPTABLE THE CO-AX CABLE. ISDN OR EQUIVALENT CAN BE CONNECTED.
C5634-C01- A INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
2 3 4 5 6
s- 2
1----'-----' ----~~~~~If---=--=--=--~-------~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~==~~----------,
A
§ANTTl f "
I
I''~A]I6POi90Ti j'
1, , , ILNAI~
~
-- -- --~ r.i ~· --------------l}"W7JHPA"Co"Ni]J!P"o2o1 j j'
A
I ___. I J33 P33 W3 P521 I I I
i §l ,J,, •~,i m ~~~$! ~tfr~~ ll, I P71 J71 PHGP ~ Ps~ J 54 1 !

1 ~,.~ ~th-, TX::s: : -·----r------ i IT!]~,~ ·
· 0( m~:;·:.. ·~i~ M"~,~~--} 1
'L ~m J. 1
2: ~ :"' ••• '"':,, ee ~ee ,PJ I· I
;\'~---------~- ~ i"" L--£-- :pF~r ~-,,~fi~it:
L______ <' ( ["'
m5 • ! j 1
ff m !
B
~:TC~~~=-=-----l
i "" ',"'""' ~
: : :~h "'.,,!,, I'JJ
0
: ,.. 1' "
! "" .', i .- I_ iN un"' :.: " _-
. . __
1
-__
. ~
1$W6 '"""'' m
11
B
! t~. ~ m
"1 4~'
,. '\'oL;!~'e:~• "" •1W~1~ ~' II~~HH~H:~' I'" "" 'i91'F-~j'
1
i i
I
II
'
L__~
:
- -
J111
e~:::~~~ ~Q
~ < 0:0:0:0:
vvvvvvvvvvv
Q I L
g i;1
-NI""l'o:t'L.O(Of"-C:OO"':==
V V V
+ (§ PH1:JP
·-
___
I
_j
~~~ ~~
WSl
--
-r ____
l:i:§iJ~~A_si01_ _______ :rs• +ft-_

1
J811
VH2P +4BV > 1
GND > 2
__j
W53
>--< 2 < GND

L --~ 0::)00000~0~~0~~~
;:;
P81 P72:
@81
I
>--< 1 < +48V
m
VH2P
JJ @BJ~~A_siiTI_ ___ __j ~

u..
:::
~
~~
oo~§!l;;
~
i
,.
:
,.
I
6m ,.
L_
! >-"'(§"';~
-
1809 _G~I~J
'\]
>1) Q
r7 2 >---'
0<
W141~
,
I
I
'--- ----
I
.,
I
--------------------:
:;;
c :__________________ __:_r-_ ___-;, rmmnem~ c

A~------------------------------------------J,Jl vvvvvvvvv0000~e
OUUO---UOOUU-OU
:z:z:zz::.:::::.:::::.:::cl-cc.:z:z:::.:::zo
----------------------------ll 1
~ ~~~~~~ ~~~ :
i I .,. ~ " . I 1
L~==~~~~~==~=~==~~~-===~=~===~~~==~=~==-- --~~-==: -~~ j

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- _ j
TYPE
SF-170
FELCOM 70 lB 1
MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
ANTENNA UNIT (GENERAL)
Dwg No. C5634-K01- A 16-001-3206-1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO .• L TO.
2 3 4 5 6
s- 3
Dl P RX
A RX IN IN
A
~T ~T
"~
GND
+6. sv
GND
GND
B
OOlii<O
~
u
~
u
~
u
B
I LNA I
3p~
GND J33 P33
L7 HK1608
OUT ~
2. 7nH ZZP C30
L6 HK1608
GND
~
39 R15 ZZP C31
ZZP CZ4 .,.
0 --'
N
N "'"
00
0
""
N
N
<0
GND ~
;;::
"" ""
0
N
GND
GND
+5V
c c
>
<0
"TG~T~ ~liGJ -lii~

N N N
~~
... ~
00 u u u
"
u~
<0 0
u -u - -
"" "" 10 R17 0
r
u u 00 00 0
<0 <0
U
GND GND
GND GND
GND
+5V
rrrrrrrrff
__j
GND
GND
D
TYPE
--·- --------
16P0190
~l$
---- ------
LNA£f&
SF-170 lB 4 @]~~
LNA PCB
C5634-K02- A 16-001-3207-1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO.~ L TO.
·-----
+SV +SV
/00 0
"'
N
"'a::
A
-,N
""' '
~ $~+~------------------,
s~
~ ~
, l
g 1 I SS226 g 1 ISS226
11> CRI 11> CR3
.=.
..
-' ~ -= El "'-' ~
0 0
.
a::
GNO
m
~LN~LN~LNO
"'a:: OI
1'1"1
(J
GNO
-r "'I ~
(l1
u
GNO
tTI
u
GNO
-
0:
GNO
0
"'a::
0
=
ci
-' !::
"'
a:: "'~ I GN~·. .rGN~"'I GNO
ER] I T'{JI<>.l
OS 1·20R I. 637G
"'
a: U3
;t"'I GNO
"' Sl-1TI<.fRI .6435GP
U2
.------+----~----2-2•~rl1_c_2_s__~~~)r2~---lr.r--~--~Y•~
~
3
~GNO
.j(C21 r-- -
B
PA ll'l
0'---------------.,_~r-r--2-2·-l'
~----+"'----------~~~----------,4~p,
1
_----:
$c 7
c:::
:.II
'"'
ku..
I .
"' *~I GND

~
"'"'a:
FJI.]-I'IYJ4.7ou
• m GNO
a.?f BI "' r6 68 R24 220 R25
GNO
I I
GND ·•' GNO '------IIIV'R-1_4__;J:_J
·f ~ GNO ~'f, GNO

m
m g::
"'"'
m
('\
a: "'"'a:: ""'a::
GNO GNO GNO
A08314ARM
r
us
+28V
+SV 8413-PH-..l/1~-Ttl sv_rx tVCCA 136~ -,Cil- !.tfJ·1fj
5V.TX sv_ rx ?-
e3
VCCA
>
I ;>d.! '-;:] .=. ~ RFIN VPOS ~
2>d.! s>7,
,
:> 'J2 0 v_oN
"' "'
~1 :::~
6
"'"'
v_uP
'
;§. ' >d.! - .=.
.... ~- .)d.! ~ FLTR
CDMMI'l:·
OI
~ GNO~- I GNO~"·I GNO~"'I GNO~...I GNO~"'I GNO~"'I GNO~... I .....
GNO
4
5
~
>7,
N
N 0
•
._
GNO
~
"' 0
~TGNo T~NO ~r GN~IGNO ~r GNO~I

GNO 5 r- GNO
GNO • u l
"" R28 GNO
A0.8314oul
~1 ~1 "'~1
c
TYPE
16P0198
HPA£1&
SF-170 IB 6
HPA PCB
---------------+----:._:_c__:_.:.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L.TD.
3 4
s- 5
I 2 I I
0Fc31R64P03<18HA
FL I
r•tttJ
~ GHu
A OF~31R54P034BHA
FL 5
INI-'------------------~"-'''--:- - - - - (bB'*-)
6 1
+----H---r--'-l our
~:2i' I IOOV (,112
tttJ'' OF4P3 1 2goco-; 170::

-~-61-10 FL3
IN f-'3:..__----------'"'-"·Z_lh_lOL__ _ _ (6131)
_10
RY. I" (SC..l)
"c.252
COIL--~
TP5M •1
TPSM ~
COIL-6
B
ELJ-FA ELJ-FA
f-----j~----------------;------\~-,-,.,.,_1o_"------r--T---11---L1~'-,-,-,-~fiJ_u_ _ _ ___,-l_,_MHcwZ'-"-b'"'~'~' (7 ,.;lj)
O.Olu /IOOV (.163 180to (.253 g~l <--;J ~~? C2SS
~·
t"'·l ~
~
~J j~lc
C'l
w
UJ
0
•
81'.10 • GNO
EL J-F A El J- FA
LS6 3.3u Lse 3. 3u
~--~-B~•1 r.l-c-,e-o-~n---a~l-~~J---6~a. rc-,-e2-~-~
I 0 7MHZ AS< (7t:3i)
> >
w r'~J: -J,
~ ~1 ;y ~1
-
:J :J., GND · GNC'I
13f! (256
ELJ-FI.
GND • GNO
'------1 ~2_,.,·.-'--'-·~--'-----,---r-l7~\-.-·-'--1_.1_•-~J
o::r.I ;::! ]
ELJ-FA
ISP C258
eQMH7 ASt (7."1.3)
-
~ w __, ~
~1 j~~
•;,.; W•:=tl
Gi-10 • C,HO
c
DRAWN TYPE
03/10/23 T_ YAMASAKI ·----
16P0202 (1/10)
CHT~K~~~
'/J.3'/o 711lt~i - ----------
i;f,f;
HPAffl!mpt;~
AfP"~~t
~ l 11 i?
.S.4LL r SF-170 lB 7 @]~~
SCM..E IA:IASS MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
...
HPA CONT PCB
Dwg No.
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTO.
FURUND s- 6
3 4
HSMP386A 1------.---N•f· APC LE'fEl t3tiJj

C.2 330 R26 oj' HSMP326•
HSMP3864
(P.3 ~ ~:Re
CP!.J.
A 10
;\j\r:-:----i
P16Q.l'J
22P ~
~
1--:-:-::-1
Cl31
,;;:io ~,f"'_- J...J / -

C4- r,iio
1aoor
Ol~f'IO ~ C""'
.. '3 '..J
CP. I E.
H5MP336q. HSMP3864 GR1
H')UP 3864
~---~B~D~U~i~"---{3Ai)
251:2873
0'3
;: I
t..)
GHQ
....
~I
<-•
GND
·;
'f.T
,_,
G~IO
'·
H·3MP38~4
"'a:
; CR!8
.-.<
:i si sJ ~r
0:..• (_>
~~r~o Gr.io
1_\
1jt:10 ;~:r::z
I·IE5500 I 7'3A 2.=7
1 R~:: PAI(rm ~ ~
0 2
1 0
22P CS 3
•:R I 'l
ceo I{
~r i~
HSMP3864
!'i<o
>'I
BFGd80W
·~
06
8F'lj.:180\V ~~t.lo ~tJ& 'r.m>
04
ONO
c
TYPE
16P0202 (2/1 0)
;gf,Ji
HPAiff!H~~fli
SF-170 lB 7 @]~~
HPA CONT PCB
·----- 1 I 2 I 3 I 4
s- 7
sv_ rz ,.--------&8''"-'"t...-J.LCll'tL"'-- (S'Bi)

,-- A08314AP.M
LOW I BA Ul
7
A OAJ) Il-l L
1
~~-.-,--~r----H-:-1 PF I H VPOSI-'~'-----+--r--,
3I, ~;:;- ~ ~'---74>v•s·•BELT

i
1
s §I FL TP.
LDN •
'I_IJPi-;;bf-1----i----i-----t--r----------------, SV_ TX
COMMh
G~IO .b-
.-.
;"I
~
0
ijj,JQ
-~~
~ u. '"
GHO ~· GHQ·' ,___ _ _ __:__ _J
gi .::.J
u
., GMO
'-'
61-10
Q,ql~{
1 - '' (70 47
5
r - - - - - i i f - - - r - - - N v · " - - - - "-l( OM
R6 4
V lD
"
-
UE.
NC 4
NO 6
PISAI24Tx·f-'-----,
sv_ T>: vs:. r·or~ C7~
T rGND ~Z.'l.p
~vi-'::_'---''---.N•·I';:-:-:-----+---;-'-'-;->"-"H>,__.___ __,Rct.FJ.!.C•E"-Tl."-hFiC_uTn"-"Rc..:L'I-~<i,4.~)('j.<j<\.)
, I -,_,,_ 3 //1 P.63
ci U~ 4~f-'---r-1-,-0l-./Vv':-R6_S_lT"S\-_- - - t - - - - - ,
- '----------~P~.F~OII£L•I_ _ ~lli) "'I MJM~"I'IAV ~ G!-1;
~ ~
·c· _Gl-1[1 GI~ r~
V (,NO V GNO
'SV_TX
(?8i) aw~ ON
':,V_ TX
sv_ rx
~.
· <>NO
0. ,o4
IU
1
V 0
2
(48.3) ~I pp . I'VFI
5 (QM MC :
-4 .-----"-- U3 NO~VV'--+-.
B \.\
.
C67
P!SAI::4r>:'
\155
47
(QN
1
R57
_'vf:< ~._,6'--->--+---~-·~3-NO- l"-'--1- - - - - - - '
%- .--- i'v'.t~-----.__-l
(;2A.tl--'"'-'-""n"_u~:.:~".t.~-"'--_._--'--<"-ii.-
(~;44-) U:fi' l:,t-'-~-!

'5
lr------, IM RS8
1~-~~-----------------__j
0-,--.•'V\J•':;:Rb:-.:-,"1' svfx
f'lAX4242.cUA ~
T Ir' ~
~H[) ~~~Pr~~"'FU1~2----~--~----~~~
I
s l / r2-
-
MAX4292EUA~-
•-• '7 Gi'IO . 3 IPC EVEI
2. + <363)
0 us 4
§I GND
- GNO sv_rx ~
""'~' GND
c
DRAWN TYPE
03/10123 T. YAMASAKI ---------
16P0202 (3/1 0)
CHECKED
'Pdfto}J.~
h·
71'1~~uc I
;gfji
HPAffl!Jfftll~t&
-- ---
APPROV~t s. 4£.• ..R •
0J/If. 0 SF-170 lB 7 @]~~
SCALE MASS MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
HPA CONT PCB
Dwg No.
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO.• LTO.
FURUIIIID s- 8
1 I 2 I 3 I 4
A (4$4) •. 083 I dou I
t-t-6\f
- t-
QPIYER DN lJ'iJl)
t 1-GV
r---1'1''1'--~
l~~v_r:.
I 0~ R77
ysv_n
.......... l 3.9l: ""..t\J'.•~ 6 ... 8
IV~:-:4.29;ELIA-! .[i0' 1
'···"re-P a:-,-..__~- '~"'--, 1
.
0
3 ..
!;MO·_, ; ElRP L VEL ~313J)
4
B ,,....-""' UIO
·.' GHD ~l •m N~:~,~rx les >"f,;r~,i62g::EuA-I ~

~r
'-"
_____,J+-t8V
'• (•HO
ljN(l ·-· I,:.H(l V < ,___
""
a:
,,, -:'-~o;N(I
0 ,
-,"'
r-0:.
-:
0
~D
~Jls:, ~r ,_,
~v_rx ...,_T AN770S5P
U>9
Tsv_ TX
Gi<D'
- -
""
""'1' rlc--10
a:
Li~~D ·:
c
DRAWN TYPE
03/10/23 T. YAMASAKI -------- .. -----
16P0202 (4/1 0)
~f,J;
CH~;1KED
)~ '!()/~ 7• ~~~/Ji
c HPAiff!Jfrep~f&
----------
APPR%~, ~. f. r SF-170 lB 7 @Jll!(gl
1
0} r," S.
SCA(E 1.-f.IASS MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
HPA CONT PCB
Dwg No.
FURUNO ELECTRIC CO.,. L.TO.
·-----
1 I 2 I 3 I 4 s- 9
ilB RI:CIE VER.
OF•:31Pf.4P0348HA
FLt. TFS24.E.HI
f:L2
A LOW I &A
LF.. J
j~I
f ··I
•::l
·~
'·' ~~NO
- -
V
TR
0
2
AN77L OSM
Ul6
,------l~ui~ ~
Xl63'51P.,!20MR
U27
1.=!
- -
c
DRAWN TYPE
03/10/23 T. YAMASAKI ----------
16P0202 (5/1 0)
'tli/lo}.J./1 7.'/fd:~~_gueft ,.
CHECKED :gf,Ji
--- ------ ---------------
HPAffl!Hill~f&
A~~R~~~..
•.>. ~/. ~ -~- I SF-170 lB 7 @]~[gl
SCALE . I I rlASS MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
HPA CONT PCB
IFURU-D s -10
1 I 2 I 3 I 4
t;;;_:: .:;;si:Je73
'-' ;6!'"
>
•.<>
'~l ~l ~l
r SV_RX "'
:r
00
lv\f
l'l.o
Rl30
o r
.... w gJ ~T
A ~·~ f I
r;~10 GND GNO
,.,.,.
r[ ~I
GND
(D
....
-'-
;ysu::x
,.....,
"'<
J
_,_
~
i5
N
R):w~
"'
-'
"'
l!_, R
-I
.,-<<
~
~
~ ;;:
"'c;:
N ~:y 4081 / /
~ E 015 <~ 1~ ~NV'-----19
JO .h'll5 0. !U C!31
r-- u Grm
~ "
1;/10
~~ "',., ,,,
0
:22> 1.:r3i
-
c-.:
..,.c-l
-'.1
22•9 Cl3 '!;
0
" §t
N
-<
"'
GNO
r-
=-- GNO .J-'
L
;:
0
G>lD. ('
1~
u PCBI 79TB R>'
-' (1,4.3)
U12 - m ~- 11
~ GND 4 w t.ijt:.,~ ~ ;;: S( G -; BFG4SIJW

22P C.I29
I .~p l
OUT "·N
lP Cl38 Rl22
\..,~1\l)
88 PEC!EVER
r---2 GND r?- 0 ,,,
","' Io
GND fp I
~0
47P CIOB
"
I
IN vcc cL ~r
2'
--'I
2~'
.. <:;iiO
t3NCI GHD GNO
GNO
~~ .
n
0
B 1;>1-I<Ji
r~ .SV..$;c
1u~
GNO GND
l L37
61..flll
:2~etJ1~/ 0
I
~.
6~:
7-:j
>.
•!.1<
0
-
~1-l..':r
!...37
f,l.M~I
u:
"'
~~ ~""' .!1000• C!2-
& 1.~
C I I. <;' C I 19 (I ::.4
:; 4 7v
rr
Gt:iO -' G~lo .
·~ OF4P5129G60-7175 t;No· -'
r~g ~" FL4 ~
~·~_,_ s'
U13
u P(8179TB
uPC81S2T8 1.1>1
Ul.t
. 0
r
fG
-'
I
_2. 4
2 7 3 - RI IQ ............. 4 L43 LQW18A
"L
- ~~N[l OUT GNO OUT OUT !N v"'..;\
"'I 11
O:I~S -.-.·,~,1
kll ·~ LO
(GA-1-J -
.......::. 6NO GNu ..L ....2 GNO GNO ~
0.5o ( ! ~I
§§~~~§
~ .._,,_:,f.:'...;) •.!1 l~ ""' l
·>
PC2703 (CH I PE.o .,
U15
4 7o,
.,21 ~r
...~
(j;tJ) ~:.· n
-' 7P (I I
I
IH
6
V(( -"-- :--
.,.
!'<
47• C I 18
I
!I~ VCC ~ 1-- lTrr 'l ~r ~r
.
131'1(1 ._,
~ .!-
t;No (,~lo
GNO .;1:Jo r~ ~;,!o I~
.,,1c. ,., •;HO
.;,:to 1'3oNO •
....
~
'-' '-'
Gljo ~i~D
c
DRAWN TYPE
03/10/23 T. YAMASAKI 16P0202 (6/1 0)
CHECK;~ :gf,J;
'/Jj/(P :.li 7./tqu,gucfti ------------ ------ ------ -----
HPA~Hftll~tli
AP,j~;E;t,
'o '11 vo S.l(t.. L SF-170 1B 7 @]~lg]
SCALE I!\lASS MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
HPA CONT PCB ----
Dwg No.
FURUNO -ELECTRIC CO., L TO.
·----- 3 4
s -11
v+-.c-.---0-.-o-,.-iJ ~
''GHQ
2
NG 4
{J£1J) -"'"'"""H"-'7'--'''-'·s..r _ _ _~C OM ~10 E-
PJ5AI.?4TX 0. 0 •• c.:: ss I!:.
u~ 3 1...':c;'='-'·s'---".:"'of!-!'''-" 1-----j---t,fV ANTASYOUT \)lt1l)
A 3 I
~r·5" ~ _j P.226 lk
"'<....
u)
"
0~8
25F".582
·-' GHO
/~0~]~
o: i GHO
~r·.. I
,.,•ll
·~
V t';NO 027
2St:6S2
., GND
+5\f
O.Oiu !G2961
., GNO
z.
t3NO 13FNO
2. v· ~·liT
3 .Vcc.
:Jb
GNO
B +SV
t---o-.-o-,.-i 1o: 2 1sl

-.. 6NO
F' 15f. I ~4 T .~
Ll20 1
/SS (ON HPAA5' OUT (~5()
I ~T ·sv AN7705SF'
U~6
~ GHO
~~ >
CJ:
GilD GNO
'"
:iJ O.Oiu~ t3N0 Gilo
:::I
_ ·I
,,
,-.,
·J GNO
···r
•:..•.., GNO
c.:
t---H----,
I OOP C' I SS
Q. 0 lu +SV
1
c31131
- ·.: GNO
s
GNO V
::! tSV • ~ -1 HPAASKIN l:?Ai)
~3.3k
.''t\"---t-t-~
.1233 o /1" V- ~"X9Q:> I .._.,.. 1• - f
u31 " ., ..•.
~~1<.. ~ ·., GNO
"' ... GNO :1 >l' ~

:~
0 "'
et=
G.tiO GNO
c
TYPE
16P0202 (7 /1 0)
::gf,j;
HPAffl!J~~:f&
SF-170 18 7 @]~~ ·----·
HPA CONT PCB
FURUNO -ELECTRIC CO., LTO.
3 4
s -12
I 2 I I
r. s" -+ +51/
~J,.---~=J ~~
o~ 2 ··.t t::NO EL.J-F A
0"1 ~<~ -,O.!uC203 L62!00u O.!uG:l'33 ~A.;
~ I J .-e,r -.-.-.··r,·N;[~f--1_ _ _ (4n+)
-:r:~o+
0: - V I fl - 47 .J::Rco.''.:J·F:.c;<J..L..
a: iJ 6 ro
(J'A f! P'(I!OIW'~~~13 7 :G 4 :;
0~ 0~ -
gi
F"KOEMOOOAT A
DO ::> •lNDn .?
~<' :~r
1
1
A , - - - - - - - - - '-"-1° HAR 1-!C
Tt"'ICf-'1-=-"--~--,
13 10
11
, - - - - - - - - ' -'-1 LOO 'J w
,-----~8 fSJ." 1 TMCr-1-=---- o , (HIO ·.~ ~~t<JO ·. GNO
:~==
iSj ~l
3
RVO IO
-
v·.
;I
LDF 0
~ ~ .~ r•
'j
O'l in
('I
•..J
'[:.~4;
~ ·~·I
·-· ~r
" GNO GNO ., GNO
- ~sv ln
cr")~
-
Ct"'
0:
0"->
"'T
-
"'
->r
-
'"T
"'
+SV
~tur-~rrr~·-~P•nL---T--+---+---+-~r------7 I .>~
r-'i-2
(~J·r-~rn•r~·~ ,· 3
P~n--+--4--~--+-+--i---t ~
;I' TOl ~Ln I ~-=-=-+--=.l..OC>.!'""'-b!..l--{'1.4~)
/ . ~J4
·~'34
(tu,.. ~j A>IT F'K OAT
~~+)~E~IBR~P_u.E~V~EL~O~I·L_--+~
nur ~
/U) ~!:!..L..!:..;ili......l.UU.!L.J.!.Y.L--+--=,-1 F--!---'-"""'-=-"---,(S.i3J)
(~8i)--TllM~S~PWLD~--+----4---r-_~,t--t--~ 5
&., /T-4
:'J..
f-=-'--+---"-"-''-"-""-'-"'----(;78i) - ;. 7
(_4_Ai.i..l('7tll) .-.!.!J:'-"-l-l.!....-.--t-1---::--i Ul7
t-:-:-t---"-"=-''------( 1r.:.<;.)U•J"-=>)
(wil w1 p. o ~r .· 8
,· '3
~
: J4
::}3
\.~ B4 ~---"-'ll.."'-----+-+--:::-i '-' 1'---+--~ 10
{S.!m_.L~::.LW...---+-+--::----1
(i~iH-) ___jJ:LL...<l..O.l'--l.Lil..L<l......lll.J"-t--+--:---1
B \3A-I) _J;-'L.L,.lliL_--+----::-=-~
Olil) __!jl:.l!.!:!'-----+---'-'-1
·: r~NO
-=hn·,-,~ .= .=
0
. 0
. 0
. 0
.
o~rnr·•
c-.
3 ;:; ~ ::
"'" 1:"-- t"o
(~'I'' -F
·~ GI•ICr
-
->:::
~
s
OTCII4E~LA
J,'•L,
02~
;r
< } 1--------'F'-"A""-i-I""""Or-! ( 1&1-)
!}NO
c
DRAWN TYPE
03/10/23 T. YAMASAKI 16P0202 (8/1 0)
CHECKED 7. )1.
'P.:ilio/.).& · ~gt-tc 1
fi I
:gf);
HPAffl!Hi!lt;f&
AP~~;~,
'IJ~. ,, ''o s , ~- L~ t SF-170 lB 7 @]l£t[g]
SCKLE fMASS MODEL BLOCK No. NAME
HPA CONT PCB
Dwg No.
C5634-K 11- A 16-001-3218-2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
FURUNO-ELECTRIC CO., LTO.
·----- 2 3 4
Hllil
s
I F'/FI
-13
(.J.4:l.}
nu;J
- '/~'>50
-·J :::: ELJ9FA
L502 !O.Ou 'ft'rco
.... J
1-. 1'·
-: 0 ,
-:
I., . I"
~ ... - Cl
V(.CSO.....;;,... ~ VGCSD
-
!I'•
i·l
u-. ·.Or
...,
tfl
"',,.."' "'.,.,
'GNo ·. ;;'Ho GNO' v "'"'
~=4~
t'/<'CSO
rvv------------, !J"• 00
- rr, u:.
4.7k ?.533
<..> IL
A
,_.
~g:
UJ
78
VC~S[l - a
:~~~7~9===============~===t==~============================~__J
P72r~~----------_,---~-~-----------------------~
80 fH"'~·~~ ~~1'1 Ok ,1,
P73 81
f-'8:.;:::.'-------,fl.f'(~ Y· ':_flJ.- I JU
"'-
~ :E
o
T
=~~rs:-3~-----'-1-"0::....,t;v\iS_l§__ I ssof ''.. ~t..' GNO :Sv ~ ~v
P r~~~::------'-:-"~"-:-1'··~
p~7~ T"-'>-------7{~ ~.J ~8 riJl-1r;j:--l~iJl-+;jl
•JC GSO -=-r
::e :r:J
... 18
p •a 1-'-:' - - - - - - - - - - - : H - - - '
~'30
1(I•AJJ . " 1Psw,
'(/•~)
3 .;..-a
~0
o ~ ,.,:l! :£
t';~ ~15 <'~
IQ ~~"': ~ ~
~~ ~
-
l'
G!-10
o' PS24
N\f' :~
I:::_··.
li•I
V( C
'-' • GNO P41 •'RSIO 0 PSWo J 5 ..
O> 10 AO <.~))~<~<
f~~
l>.t< 1
P4-2; PYl'JOIW
AI< I> g p, I 10JII_Q_I<3> ..; 1
P43f.=-:._
-·-tv
____Ic..::.:.:....:;=:.:....:.:..::.=4-J-...,:tf,
OK .. ;.:Sl!S'I RSS- .
"" .•
..p_.-:· l---c;'/·1·0
,...,,_~
a:.t-
.1~'"'I -
I 02 I 2 0 ~ q). PHi-:2:-=3:---------++-"-".::.V'-..,·,.,-=:;;-cot'~"""r·:]1-----f'"T-t-Hl-----'lk:;..--...~' jJ< ':If' jl< GHO :Sv :;J :'; ),"'
l
03
I 3 0 < 1 t1> P4Si-:;::~':-----------t-t---"C-"R..:S..:0..:9_·_··~_·_v.-::-=-::-:-::'ie!!!:'li-.:.,----f''f+t-e--Ht---~ ~ G"O Gl-10
r--
104
rsnr< t"':·
P•or.-~-:._--------++------~r.~P~s~0~6_"·~u··-=·-~·-::-::~c~-------~
L-..o..J.:.<_o.<;'>"-~ A5 ~ l
05
I 6 n ·"' 1 -·"':· P< 7 ~2~6~----------j-J------------'~;R~~~~O~S_"_··~-·-·-~r-----f0/~-------,
t~..o..J.:;......o."'.:.•......::-1 Ao :J ! 05 I 7 D ·C ;·· 47 R515 ~----------------------------------------------~F~!~RP~I~f'LIE~!~D~/~AL--(4nj)
.\I< T> A7 !07 18 01<1 "> P90 : ~ '·N L..---------------------------..!l_!.llL-~7w:I·•!!!IH:!.,ZL.TL·'L/..!R!-'-'"-· ( 'fej)
A 1< 8> 25 AS lOS 1'3 DJ< IS> P91~~--------ILO~K~·..:''..:·•.:c••~•LR~.S~<;~-<~4------------------------------r--~---------------,
1 4
AI< 3.::. 2<1 A'3 ~ pg 2 f-'~~------------------~~--------------------------~~--~~----;y•~------4-----------------------------------------------------------~H~P~A~O~A..!T2LA..!I~NL(1P~,)
Al<IO> 21 AIO ~ !5 +? P.5l~
P93r~~-------------------t-t------------------------~-4-4.,--4r--=~~~~_,
~I< I I"> ~3 AJ I ;:2 16
P94~1~7~--------~o-.-~~~
c--"'-'-1_,<_,_l_..-•"'>-::-"1 A l .2 "'~· P95~-'------~~A-~~~~~
l--"A..cl:;,<_,_1..,'.<:>...::.2.:.;6 Al3 ~ p SO r.•:________:I.:,Oe;.k__::_R-"5-"'4-"9--f--t----------------1--4--4--4----f-----f\Jy '.Hr E UP (1/4~
l--"'-'1:.<..cl-"4-">'--1 AI 4 a PSI f-"------------------t-J----------------;--J--+-+-+---t----"'4~7.1 .F,:O I 8 BQU_ "'i~L nH _r'fii!J..J
PB 2 4 47 ~~~~-17 HPA 014 ('.ffli)
c11>n \'IF
)'11::. PB 3 ~ 47 'v~< I9 E RP E'IEL :, (~"fjJ'j
e:tl!li) PB4 47 IV~45 8 (
<;14-0
GHO
PBS
PBo 8
9
~
4 7 fvf!,,..c"'.:.10,__+-t-----------------------------"-Bi!'..,N''-· (-
47 1R545
47 R51 Eo
PA C!H. OIIT
j],J)
(5:4 /
I lf-<:.j)
r
114 PS? "- '-' "' FA>! I
B
~ GNO
:;~~!~~==-=--=-~=o;;.:E:I.7
~R;s.:.;R='s_~,_ :> ~~~> ~~~-1~~
;j:l'lf,l>rj~
~ :,:~~§:~ ~!f<- ~I'd:r -..vcc<oD E/'~C.G
r - - - - v " v ' V ' - - - - - - - - 1 NF
r FL 502
' I ....~03
. 95
PA:::r~:-b.::-----:-:o-;;f
PA3i-:":7-----IC:O:::r.:f.
10r. c.A1iJ
R52.
RS.3_
...,"
<n
~
"
i!'
a:::
:J.'Hrl"'i l"'.lf
~ '!; ~ ~~~
~:
.X
:;;r·~
tJ1 b'
_,
tr•
~ <-
~ !7
ltJO RSO~
.---VV'V'-------,
g7 10~. RS2: ~:~ ~:, ~! :Q1:Q ~ Gi'lbll !'! T:o II~e~:{ IOUT£J5 lOO R507 L~E:\CCET
FLSOI
PA>I ~e I 0" PS2E I3 I4 "f '
PA5f-'J:.:::.--t---,-::-:'-Ee ·- ~\N·~ '-t------1--=--!R< lOUT~' I !fl-;;-'--' '' ,. -
t-;-;:;;~-~-~~-C3==----------------------~=~·~P60
8
PA6 '3'3 I 0~. f\ ?.52 ~~~:~fl _JJ..O.O,A..cT_,A,_,O.!dU..!.T_;T.;O'-"P"-C-'.,'------------t------j--;1-:::Jl T:c J iN Tll 20IJT~ 1_00 RSQG
1 Qj.:".~s;a~V'RS2 ~ HSO:f.E .-------+:...;10'-j F!" ~O!JT R:~ 2£ H 9 ~-
t-+,.-,7~1~:;~~~~,~~v~R=S=7=3----------------------~S~9~Pbl
~·~'~"~-~~;~~~~~~'~:R~.S~7~3~--------------------~6~G,Pb]
7 100
I OK~R51E
V l
SS02
. I\;'--
I I DO RSOS
3 ..-J'303
-
P,,
t-'~7~f~.~~;~~~:~"~P~5~7~3~--------------------~6~1,Pb? FwEf-~!..:~~--+---.:.....'d.~so~ (l~;l;l4) -=o,<.....,TA.....,·c.=FP.=OM~..,=p'r.-''---~-=1,-~ o--1:> ~ .----+~'1+ ~t: Cl+f-~=-·------,

47K ~R$73
'SIFT!-'~:.;~:._-----,----~-+ L2. tY"'Of-'~::-·------' i'l;il
I
VCC50 7 Cl-re•:------,
~' t-=E~'S·9=::-=------------:b7·':,sJ'lPE.3 ~f'~'-~.-.....,.---~-a-,-v'vvp'-~_-7_1_..__. -J· vccso ~ ..~
3 <Y"'o v- :o~~- CO+~ E:·:CC F'L SO-!
•:J uso:o
'I
1-1
CC SO ~71~;::o:J,·..~.,v\' R507
t-c='cES~:SZ::E:-:::-:O----r----------:,,"''iP54
J7K~RS07 I 1 NMI
......... -.
IV
~
4
Jvcc::o ,--I ~
C,..... 0
'.....--
'*' 1
--"-
::: MC
- 6
c2-...::..
'-----! NF
r VCC5D
~
w
I ' GNO ' GNO
'3 _............-·~ 8
TCHI/HGI-!FT
t-,,.-,,:-:,~-f,;z;;a;:::,2S_~~2S'·2S,3-::-R"c5-"6c::7---t-lt-I-------7:-2-IF'65
("1/JI)
47r,"alo•R557
_.w;.nFJ__________ j
lj
C...,=E:'AS:::::-::-:;.---r-r-------~'-!P06
r 6 6 E..;T AL
7 ~
I Ot:
MOOf-'.'-.~."---+---,-0-,-.IV'Rv·"-,_-._-o-4-4
.• '~-
~/'s-7-0--+-->
MO It7~st:::.:::.~~~-=--=-~-C<_'-....,-V--'-'-'"'-"--t
r~
:.?'
"i:;,'F~I
7
MS I 351Al6
y.:,'l''
USO I
'~
I
·r-
-I <.oi
_-
=
~
"'
01-1-0~~0
1•.
..;
E:·:cc~.
-~1 . . . . . . ~2
-----, USOJ
(/P/) ----"'w_E__'-'-------'
XTAL u-. Ul u1 u1 en
ul u1
~~~~~~~~
o1
M02r G: 'vRSb'B f-
a: 6 o NC "
MC .:~ ~
2.
+---->----.;.;· 3
4r
il--_
- u
=- voo ouri-=-+--.--'-1 ;:><)-"-----........,,vv·~-------------J '-----.,.--.-.,.-.,.--.-..,-.,------' :>~~ NC Ivcc5a
SG-:3002J~ ~::j ~ ~J
47 5 -' GND ., GNO
c TCHVH•;I4FT P.S0-1 ,ri l:>l JPSOG '''IG od .?., ·. GNO 'GND
:g Gt-to uso=oE r-:- L ll _I :... 0 0
"'
w '1 GND ~Jc::;o"' GND 12 US0:2 13 ~ GN010 USJu-~ 11 ., r~ ~I
.>c->-'4"------.;vv··'---------"'"'-"'·--,{~ iDC.l) SK~~3~ ~ GNO Gr-~o u IJNO
4. 7 RS03
Tc7HHGI-IFT ~~8.P-- TC74VHCI4FT TC74VHC14FT (P'-J)
IJSO" l
GNO "
"··:. 5 L-----------------------------------------------------::-::-.':R""E;s-:-;'":IETc.... {.PiA)
5 I 0. 7MH" !:.\..1 (fA)..)
~::xr----,-,-iv~s•J 2
TC74-VHl:t ~FT
c
!jNQ I'" "'u
TYPE
16P0202 (9/1 0)
HPAffl!JmlltH&
SF-170 lB 7
HPA CONT PCB
·----- 3 4
s -14
.,,'"'~
•J 'J '..J (.) 1.1.

A I..)
> > >
t...) ,_j .:..;, w
>< "> vccso
P7o~~~--------~~~~z~z,~~"
78
c:"t:~::!R::..,:.S.:.4~·
p 7 I f.,7C,g:--------'IC:DO:K'f.;:]:;:::·::;D;z;• en 00 w m
p 72 rs::-'~O--------~IO~~~c~~:z:~z:·~JR~S~4-t ~ ~~ ~ ~ ~
P73\-'8:;::-l_ _ _ _ .:.I..:;O'jr.;:<:;Ez:~Z·2:/3::-R,:.5.:.4_:r <g;: ,.,g.,~.~
PHI-8:-'2::------I-:'OC::KE,-<4"::z.~::z,~z,'3' ':-R~:O-A-4+ :;~~~~~ §
P75 83 !ot:~RS+I 0 ,55 ;:5 c3
T'
·5[1 -
~ 'I(O:SO
1
.: 84 l o~: E.~a~R54 I '/(;C.
P7
VCCSC• T" ·~
ec IOK~RS41 ('l).lf3)
28
::~ I~ I OK ,ffii,, RO::ol I 'n 1p·~'N3 :! -
>.
"'~
vcc P4 I I '3 Cl pew4
P< 2r.2:-::0:----------t-+------->-t-++----::t'*'lA:i-'Ji-:"). ;;.:<I
"'
P<L3 21 ctJ~~~OI\V ~ ""'
P4-l 23 ·~·-it'----'
2
P45 4. CRS07P'f! !O!W
P46f'~~-"~·--------------------~~------------------------~~~~~1t'~--------~
p 4 ?re=-·.,,_---------------------~~--------------------------·-•'"-"_·
--------------~-----::-/\At'---------------------.±"!:JJMjjH,;.7_1lA~'j£t_JI2'<'-'1~8iJ'•'--' ('7 p j )
4-7 R5 I 3
p<;Q 12 N .HIT ASK DAT.I OUT (iJOi)
P<;l 13 47 RSIO DATAOUT TO PC> (tf/Jij
p 32 r'-"~------------------~~~--------------------------------~-t-t---t-----:~'\A.~------------------_jA~I•LIT~AL~~~~:....J(~IA~T~A_LfQfl_t 9 D~)
1
·0
0 PSJ 15 -17 R50'3 OATAIN "ROM PO (~jlJ)
tr•
:::l
PS4r1~6~-----------~~N
pgs 1 1 10• ~' 78
PBO 2 101· r, ..1 ;.:;>g _ -~~-
PS! IOL ~"' P.57J , ::.
PB] 4- I Ol:.~ PS74 ,-,:?
m~~~v ~ ~ ~ ~
•D
PB 3 5 1 P.'57..l "''
(i~.i~) PS·' 6 lOt: eA~I3\lVRR5577'4 "'
Ci~IP.J
PBS
• IV'J.~
I Ok A!f0S75
"lc.c.·a;
lt"o
GNO
••
~
.
(i•4J.) PB 6 8 1Ot R576 /'.Af'--------------------""'IL:l.'I.LI_F"-"~"-'-l.!O.aA..LI.aA-"""'"'-'r-(E'I!U
G~IO
PB?j-'9'------------+-+-----------------------'-n::-IVV,?I.? MIT FSt. QATA IH (3/.n)
B I' • 47 RS! I
~ GND
;\/V•'----1---+
I Ot RS'33
73
MDJJro-=-----+--------AIV·'-----+-"
MO 1 : : ll]k R59 I
ul V1 ui Ul fJ) rn ul "' MO 2 f-'-':..'----+---t-------,/VV''----1--'
L:~:~-g~
oltf)(.o1U1U)•f>>
>>>>>>4:
JP~
b GND ·~tiO
c
TYPE
16P0202 (1 0/1 0)
lB 7
BLOCK No. NAME
HPA CONT PCB
·----- J1
L1
SA
C(+)
TP3
3 4
$ -15
l
82P _VH
P18V , <E--~--_,____J '---.-----..---~
~ A'-*--+---'-P-'-V- ~~reV
I SN12~
l C2 -k C1 l . J;c3 C1
XFI XFI
FC_85C
GND T 0.1uF T228u

100V
3-E----~--~--~~~~-+------,
!<Jo2T220u
z'ZD~ L100Y
0.1uF
L2 1. JuH
2SA1213. Y
1
i
SBC 4_ 4R L 582 J._ C26 TPS 27 .sv
4.~~ 4~;; S
1
A R~: 027
8 1
' u 01 TPS
~
..J\R38/\ .JP 2SC2412K rFX30KMJ_2 ~
CR12
12V
.C11
CS
170u R29
10K 023 ~
2SA 1739_ TX
Q26
0
I~~ L31
Dl828
~
C( ->
• 'i~ 108u
16V
TP1
~+ 63V 1BK > '-----<1.--+-_.J"" FU ·_:A 3 ) (.:.. cI)
C13
10u 9 C(- >
~~it(!/~
(00XB')
csL 470p
r17
1. R
32
7K ~R
34
228
BLM21PG221SN1+----+--_J
,--L---, CR32
L _
C3 l
7 5
___,~--.-----"2-'-''"'"-V- <BBX0>
1
58V
IV
R27~7~l:d~2a
1 R2~
022 ~
~
o13
2SB946P
8(-)
T?2 \i'
178u
63V 2SC3324_8
t-EE
~~3 <f
025
2SA 103 7AK
CB
ZZI!lp Lf' L(
1
FML_32S •
1800u
35V
IK 024 R37
j
RS 1.
18K 2SC343LY RJ ol---4---'\yyv-----
1088p 160 8.822 3W
J2
38_XH_A
R19
PV 1 / ~K ";> 100 >
>
NC 2
Sl.J 3 t-
C23 r-: C25 27 .SV_AQJ
.-~r-----------------~1-------------~--_.J
. - - + - - - - - - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - : , V , . , r e , _ F _ ( 8BXB>{.i.v.L)
r l - - - - - - - - - . . . . - - - t - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - "8'<'-'-+'->- <00X0> (:l.E j_)
~ ,;:V~ ~ ~·
.--~--.---.---...-c::----'-11 VreF E2 El
~
•10u
R98 18K
10K R22 - SBV 9 DT U21 R38
R1 IK R23 RC9501 rvv'
2~ 8
,_--£ 12 R41 2. 7k R39 2.2K 1k
011
<; 150K DC 0359581
ININV ~ ,------+----R'\96/\ 338 J
~Rm4
R2
10K
2SD1271A
~
• R97 330 ~51
V+ I
8(+)
5 Vcc
;----"- 2NINV RT CT GNO
A A ----A A A _
[ ___ v v ,v ,, V V V: -·· . ' ~+v-1
012 TPI R21 ";> 021 13
R42 2. 7k R40 2.2K < ~~~~
2SC3324_B 2SA1837AK
7 8 6
+----------11~ R188
B f17 9 338
'--+-+--+--+---, C29 8. 1u uPC842G2 47
C11
18u
s0v
CRI I
12V
+ C12
180u
ISV
C22
8.1u
:!: C21
188u
16V
l
CW
fiP. 4 R24
.JK
R25
20k
:s:
1880p
C21
.-j 1-
13
R <
390
~
S 2412K
/lJ
f-"
,ft ~- ~R45
228
~~-
338
C59 T 1808p
.__ ____,,___ _,___+-1--_.J
S ~51~~
8
5
7 ; ,:
.
I
l~B
CRS~~
U51V+
c.__]_+
/
V-
1
4 uPC842G2
--[>j-l
1~ 3
1SS184
1:
+----+--~-~-~t----~--+---+---+--~~-~70~kH~z~_A7
0J~~-~--+-+-~-~ C12 ;s~u~ R~~
CR21 1880 R48
- IK
'J~~~~---4------+-+-----r--f--1-2(E_:_(_88-X-8>+-~
RII RIS
188K 68K
R12 1SS181 ~V 092

~
<' R94
R16 4 C35
2SA1837AK ~ 1K
u
108K 68K C34 0.1u
,--....,----.--~:-=-t-+....,----'-11 VreF E2 El FB r10o...·-+-+--t
~
~
I
R62
~ ::!: 10u
T.L....:5.::.8V+-H---=-!9 DT
U22 11 R64 IK . 6.sv_oc ,.,:, ;,,; )
R13 RC9581 IINVP--+-+-'\ 12V > ,---------------------------~- (88XB>~.v__; .
39K IK R63 R66 - CW ";> R93
Vcc 8359501 ININVf'-12::.__,.-+-t--.---'\~ < IK
1 ~S20
150K H-+---"12 DC
6 T U11 18 5 Vcc
'-----"-! RC9528 De- '-+--"-12NINV RT CT GND Rssl 580
I
r-----'-1
4 vs:3S9528 Ob.!_ 13 7 6
RSI 2SA1037AK 8 R67 <:' C39 8.47u
7' ~30 390
~ Vsb GNO
cr.l.. 091 · C91
R14 R95 ~ 83P2J C43•~f
18K
r8.1u 21
C33
Te.1u
10K J R92 • 100u
IK TISV 1008p l R87
IK
c
TYPE
16P0192 (1 /2)
PWR~f&
16-001-3208-1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

FURUNO-ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
IFURU-D s -16
3 4
L3 ~. 7uH
2SA1213_Y
PV
(f!H) C00X0l TP9 TP10
SBC~- ~RL582
12V L71
J3
A SBC~- ~RL582
83P _VH
(!r\tt.J .
(00X0>~n
r,
)1 P27 .SV
C7 +
02 ~. 7uH
FX30KMJ2 C7110.1u NC
L~1 72
~
~78u
DL828 L72
63V = SBC ~- ~R7_582 GND
R20
12E
C00X0l ~. 7uH
(;u:>-) 100
C72 0.1u
C80X0l
(!A2.J
C(-l
R78
17
R8
108
CR~2
FML_32S
I
J~
878_XH_A
R82
TP8 L52 330 P12V
LSI TSL 1315_221K1R7 P12V
SNT _028 U52 L7~
MC3~166TV
GND
GND
C80X0> ___,2'-'-7'-".s~v-------' '---~.------'1~ IN OUT ! - " - - - - + - - - - - ' P6.5V
([ t"J(f..i GND
T C7~
CR_M
C53
1808u
V 0.1u
uPC8~2G2
B 16V
(00X0l _V:.:,rr:-ef_ _-1--+-'\

(184) >-'--+---"'12'-"V-o..eO,_C_ ( 08 XSl
Qet!_)
C56
R58 0.1u (00X8l
L---~--~------'
39K
1080p (!BY-)
>-!..._i------------'6"-'.S~V=-'_D~C- , 88 XSl
C57
(I !J!;)
0.1u
c
TYPE
16P0192 (2/2)
~f,J;
PWR~l&
1B 8 @]~~
BLOCK No.
--------
PWR PCB -------·
Dwg No. C5634-K 15- A 16-001-3208-0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

FURUNO-ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
s -17
3 4
1525- :.;r.·c31 RSAPQJ.:.BHA !JZ

1559MHz FL! t.RMS-:::!OJ
220nH
RF
A ~1
,\GNO
LOI'I18AN 6. 3nH
Ll
~~
~! §
z;::
'] 8
i§
.,'"
AGNO
>"-! RECEIVER OUTPUT

LMX2326
fl.~
>"-!A GNO
AGNO
>"-! PLL DATA CLOCK
>"-! PLL DATA
>"-! PLL DATA LE
>"-! PLL LOCK
>"-! 0 GND
B >"-!DOS DATA LE
fVCC/1.3 DGND ~NC
_ a_L.
!C7WD4Fij +!2V
, ~ 2 c<ii~'\-4
-'~
~~10
TC7W04FU I .1EJ ~I .
~ ~ "· ~GND
OGNO DGNO
§_J_t r~~
~TvccA3 u 1
AGNO
AGNO
; .).'3K R4'3
·~r
~ DGNO
GNO
+! 2'1
.~~!2V
R65
VCC3
c
TYPE
16P0201
SF-170 1B 11 @li%!EI
~-;o----;-;-~~_j_--~~---f-M-o_oE_L~~~~B-L_oc_K_N_o.~+-N-A_ME~__:_T. RECE 1VER PCB
Dwg No. C5634-K16- A 16-001-3210-1 SCHEMA Tl C DIAGRAM

Felcom-70 Nmarsat-F Mobile Earth Station Sme 56340b 2 307

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Felcom-70 Nmarsat-F Mobile Earth Station Sme 56340b 2 307

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Felcom-70 Nmarsat-F Mobile Earth Station Sme 56340b 2 307

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Back

INMARSAT-F MOBILE EARTH STATION

FURUNO Authorized Distributor/Dealer

All rights reserved. Printed in Japan

Addenda No.1 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340

The current program for FELCOM 70 is;

System program: 1650182-01.01 (Rei. 2.1)

(2) vtlite Mobile

c) When Calor scheme/Appearance/Properties is selected to "silver," the ®

Table below summarizes how to read program number.

Program name Program number Indication Menu selection

The sets to be upgraded are;

1) Nera Fleet 77 distributed by Furuno

Addenda No.2 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340

1. From the handset, select MENU>PORT>PORT B>Driver Switch>RS422.

3. Turn off the FELCOM 70 and on it again.

Information Date: 2004-08

Issued by: FUR UNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED B ~*~~~:::=:~~

Addenda No. 3 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340

3. Setup the terminal adapter.

1) PIN Code setting

2) MSN and Service type assignment

MSN Dialing Sequence

Service type Dialing Sequence

Page 3-42, Fig. 3.12.1, Power supply of QDGY911912

Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC C·O., L TD APPROVED BY~~~~~~~:=~

Addenda No. 4 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340

Urgency: When symptom occUirs.

Fig. 1 Anttenna Unit with radome removed

Pnoitinr 034d45mOOs N 135d22m30s E ( (ntemal OPS )

1) Do not pull on the cables when removing the connector.

Factory-modified antenna unii t (SF-1 70):

Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD

Addenda No. 5 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340 ①

Hex socket bolt

Addenda No. 6 to FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME-56340

Urgency: At next service

Necessary parts: POLYESPER tape #900, 25 mm x 120 mm, 2 pes.

Fig. 1 Antenna with radome

Fig. 2 Two added tapes on

Information Date: --:;;:~~~S~

Addenda No.? FELCOM 70 Service Manual, Pub. No. SME- SME-56340

Urgency: At next service.

Torque Check and Bearing Preload Adjustment

1) Turn off the 2) Remove the rotation

4) Check that the

Check Serial Number given in SeaTel name

Serial No. 2702-

5) Remove the Check Serial Number given in Furuno name

6) How to check the rotation torque.

BB. In case that B side is higher than A side by 1 degree

Check the inclination Photo 6

In case the 1 degree inclination is not

To create 1 degree inclination

b) Put these two nuts under

Adjust ball pressure of bearing referring to the steps 7) and after.

＜Measuring of rotation torque＞

Note) Read the compensation value

Issued by: FUR UNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED B ~*~:::=:

Issued by: FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., L TD APPROVED BY5'~~~~~~~=-

Issued by; FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. APPROVED av:_:;:z:=L